ADTRAN OPERATING SYSTEM (AOS) Command Reference Guide AOS Version 11.
Command Reference Guide Trademarks Any brand names and product names included in this manual are trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks, or trade names of their respective holders. To the Holder of this Manual The contents of this manual are current as of the date of publication. ADTRAN reserves the right to change the contents without prior notice.
Command Reference Guide Warranty and Customer Service ADTRAN will repair and return this product within the warranty period if it does not meet its published specifications or fails while in service. Warranty information can be found at www.adtran.com. (Click on Warranty and Repair Information under Support.) Product Registration Registering your product helps ensure complete customer satisfaction. Please take time to register your products on line at www.adtran.com.
Command Reference Guide Pre-Sales Inquiries and Applications Support Your reseller should serve as the first point of contact for support. If additional pre-sales support is needed, the ADTRAN Support website provides a variety of support services such as a searchable knowledge base, latest product documentation, application briefs, case studies, and a link to submit a question to an Applications Engineer. All of this, and more, is available at: http://support.adtran.
Command Reference Guide Training The Enterprise Network (EN) Technical Training Department offers training on our most popular products. These courses include overviews on product features and functions while covering applications of ADTRAN's product lines. ADTRAN provides a variety of training options, including customized training and courses taught at our facilities or at your site. For more information about training, please contact your Territory Manager or the Enterprise Training Coordinator.
Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Basic Mode Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Enable Mode Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Global Configuration Mode Command Set. . . . .
Command Reference Guide Table of Contents BGP Configuration Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Community List Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command Reference Guide CLI Introduction REFERENCE GUIDE INTRODUCTION This manual provides information about the commands that are available with all of the NetVanta Series units. This manual provides information about the commands that are available with NetVanta 1000R Series units. For a list of all of the commands available through the CLI, see 61950860L1-35L (All Products).
Command Reference Guide Understanding Command Security Levels Understanding Command Security Levels The ADTRAN CLI has two command security levels — Basic and Enable. Both levels support a specific set of commands. For example, all interface configuration commands are accessible only through the Enable security level. The following table contains a brief description of each level. Level Access by... Prompt With this level you can... Basic beginning an AOS session.
Command Reference Guide Using CLI Shortcuts Mode Access by... Line (config-con0)# specifying a line (console or Telnet) while at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #config term (config)#line console 0 • entering router rip or router ospf (config-rip)# while at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #config term (config)#router rip • specifying an interface (T1, Ethernet, Frame Relay, ppp, etc.) while in the Global Configuration mode.
Command Reference Guide Using CLI Shortcuts Shortcut Description ? The ADTRAN CLI contains help to guide you through the configuration process. Using the question mark, do any of the following: • Display a list of all subcommands in the current mode. For example: (config-t1 1/1)#coding ? ami - Alternate Mark Inversion b8zs - Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution • Display a list of available commands beginning with certain letter(s).
Command Reference Guide Performing Common CLI Functions Performing Common CLI Functions The following table contains descriptions of common CLI commands. Command Description do The do command provides a way to execute commands in other command sets without taking the time to exit the current and enter the desired one.
Command Reference Guide Understanding CLI Error Messages Understanding CLI Error Messages The following table lists and defines some of the more common error messages given in the CLI. Message Helpful Hints %Ambiguous command %Unrecognized Command The command may not be valid in the current command mode, or you may not have entered enough correct characters for the command to be recognized. Try using the ? command to determine your error. See Using CLI Shortcuts on page 10 for more information.
Command Reference Guide Command Descriptions COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS This portion of the guide provides a detailed listing of all available commands for the ADTRAN OS CLI (organized by command set). Each command listing contains pertinent information including the default value, a description of all sub-command parameters, functional notes for using the command, and a brief technology review. To search for a particular command alphabetically, use the Index at the end of this document.
Command Reference Guide Command Descriptions VPN Parameter Command Sets CA Profile Configuration Command Set on page 1215 Certificate Configuration Command Set on page 1226 Crypto Map IKE Command Set on page 1230 Crypto Map Manual Command Set on page 1239 IKE Client Command Set on page 1250 IKE Policy Attributes Command Set on page 1254 IKE Policy Command Set on page 1260 Routing Protocol Command Sets AS Path List Command Set on page 1273 BGP Configuration Command Set on page 1276 BGP Neighbor Configurati
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set BASIC MODE COMMAND SET To activate the Basic mode, simply log in to the unit. After connecting the unit to a VT100 terminal (or terminal emulator) and activating a terminal session, the following prompt displays: > The following command is common to multiple command sets and is covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set enable Use the enable command (at the Basic Command mode prompt) to enter the Enable Command mode. Use the disable command to exit the Enable Command mode. Refer to Enable Mode Command Set on page 36 for more information. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set logout Use the logout command to terminate the current session and return to the login screen. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set ping
Use the ping command (at the Basic Command mode prompt) to verify Internet Protocol (IP) network connectivity. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the system to ping. Entering the ping command with no specified address prompts the user with parameters for a more detailed ping configuration. Refer to Functional Notes (below) for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set The following is a list of available extended ping fields with descriptions: Target IP address Repeat Count Specifies the IP address of the system to ping. Specifies the number of ping packets to send to the system (valid range: 1 to 1,000,000). Datagram Size Specifies the size (in bytes) of the ping packet (valid range: 1 to 1448). Timeout in Seconds Specifies the timeout period after which a ping is considered unsuccessful (valid range: 1 to 5 seconds).
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set show clock Use the show clock command to display the system time and date entered using the clock set command. Refer to the section clock set
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set show snmp Use the show snmp command to display the system Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) parameters and current status of SNMP communications. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set show version Use the show version command to display the current AOS version information. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set telnet
Use the telnet command to open a Telnet session (through the AOS) to another system on the network. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the remote system. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.Command Reference Guide Basic Mode Command Set traceroute
Use the traceroute command to display the Internet Protocol (IP) routes a packet takes to reach the specified destination. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the remote system to trace the routes to. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.Command Reference Guide Common Commands COMMON COMMANDS The following section contains descriptions of commands that are common across multiple command sets. These commands are listed in alphabetical order.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands alias <“text”> Use the alias command to populate the ifAlias OID (Interface Table MIB of RFC2863) for all physical and virtual interfaces when using Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) management stations. Syntax Description <“text”> Describes the interface (for SNMP) using an alphanumeric character string enclosed in quotation marks (limited to 64 characters). Default Values No defaults required for this command.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands cross-connect <#> Use the cross-connect command to create a cross-connect map from a created TDM group on an interface to a virtual interface. Changing cross-connect settings could potentially result in service interruption. Syntax Description <#> Identifies the cross-connect using a number descriptor or label for (useful in systems that allow multiple cross-connects).
Command Reference Guide Common Commands Usage Examples The following example creates a Frame Relay endpoint and connects it to the T1 1/1 physical interface: 1. Create the Frame Relay virtual endpoint and set the signaling method: (config)# interface frame-relay 1 (config-fr 1)# frame-relay lmi-type cisco 2. Create the sub-interface and configure the PVC parameters (including DLCI and IP address): (config-fr 1)# interface fr 1.1 (config-fr 1.1)# frame-relay interface-dlci 17 (config-fr 1.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands Step 2: Create the sub-interface and configure the PVC parameters. Using the sub-interface, apply access policies to the interface, create bridging interfaces, configure dial-backup, assign an IP address, and set the PVC data-link control identifier (DLCI). For example, the following creates a Frame Relay sub-interface labeled 22, sets the DLCI to 30, and assigns an IP address of 193.44.69.253 to the interface. (config-fr 7)# interface fr 7.22 (config-fr 7.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands description Use the description command to identify the specified interface (for example, circuit ID, contact information, etc.). Syntax Description Identifies the specified interface using up to 80 alphanumeric characters. Default Values No defaults required for this command. Applicable Command Modes Applies to all interface mode command sets. Applicable Platforms Applies to all AOS products. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands do Use the do command to execute any AOS command, regardless of the active configuration mode. It provides a way to execute commands in other modes without taking the time to exit the current mode and enter the desired one. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults required for this command. Applicable Command Modes Applies to all mode command sets. Applicable Platforms Applies to all AOS products. Command History Release 2.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands end Use the end command to exit the current configuration mode and enter the Enable Security mode. When exiting the Global Configuration mode, remember to perform a copy running-config startup-config to save all configuration changes. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Command Modes Applies to all mode command sets except Basic mode. Applicable Platforms Applies to all AOS products.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands exit Use the exit command to exit the current configuration mode and enter the previous one. For example, using the exit command in an interface configuration mode will activate the Global Configuration mode. When using the exit command in the Basic mode, the current session will be terminated. When exiting the Global Configuration mode, remember to perform a copy running-config startup-config to save all configuration changes. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Common Commands shutdown Use the shutdown command to disable the interface (both physical and virtual) so that no data will be passed through. Use the no form of this command to turn on the interface and allow it to pass data. By default, all interfaces are disabled. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are disabled. Applicable Command Modes Applies to all interface mode command sets. Applicable Platforms Applies to all AOS products.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set ENABLE MODE COMMAND SET To activate the Enable mode, enter the enable command at the Basic mode prompt. (If an enable password has been configured, a password prompt will display.) For example: >enable Password: XXXXXXX # The following command is common to multiple command sets and is covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show commands begin on page 158 telnet
on page 316 telnet stack-member on page 317 terminal length on page 318 traceroute source on page 319 undebug all on page 320 vlan database on page 321 wall on page 322 write [dynvoice-config | erase | memory | network | terminal] on page 323 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 37Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear access-list Use the clear access-list command to clear all counters associated with all access lists (or a specified access list). Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the name (label) of an access list. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear arp-cache Use the clear arp-cache command to remove all dynamic entries from the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache table. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear arp-entry
Use the clear arp-entry command to remove a single entry from the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the entry to remove. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear bridge Use the clear bridge command to clear all counters associated with bridging (or for a specified bridge-group). Syntax Description Optional. Specifies a single bridge group (1 to 255). Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear buffers max-used Use the clear buffers max-used command to clear the maximum-used statistics for buffers displayed in the show memory heap command. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear counters [ ] Use the clear counters command to clear all interface counters (or the counters for a specified interface). Syntax Description Optional. Specifies a single interface. Enter clear counters ? or show interface ? for a complete list of interfaces. Optional. Specifies the ID of the specific interface to clear (e.g., 1 for port channel 1).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear counters port-channel Use the clear counters port-channel command to reset counters on the specified port channel. Syntax Description Specifies a valid interface ID to clear (e.g., 1 for port channel 1). Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear counters vlan Use the clear counters vlan command to reset counters on the specified virtual local area network (VLAN) interface. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear crypto ike sa Use the clear crypto ike sa command to clear existing IKE security associations (SAs), including active ones. Syntax Description Optional. Clears out all existing IKE SAs associated with the designated policy priority. This number is assigned using the crypto ike policy command. Refer to crypto ike on page 367 for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear crypto ipsec sa Use the clear crypto ipsec sa command to clear existing IPSec security associations (SAs), including active ones.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example clears all IPSec SAs: > enable #clear crypto ipsec sa The following example clears the IPSec SA used for ESP traffic with the SPI of 300 to IP address 63.97.45.57: > enable #clear crypto ipsec sa entry 63.97.45.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear dump-core The clear dump-core command clears diagnostic information appended to the output of the show version command. This information results from an unexpected unit reboot. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear event-history Use the clear event-history command to clear all messages logged to the local event-history. Messages cleared from the local event-history (using the clear event-history command) are no longer accessible. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear gvrp statistics [all | interface ] Use the clear gvrp statistics command to clear counter statistics on GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) interfaces. Syntax Description all Clears the information for all GVRP interfaces. interface Clears the information for the specified interface. Type clear gvrp statistics interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear host [ * | ] Use the clear host command to clear a hostname when using the Domain Naming System (DNS) proxy. Syntax Description * Clears all dynamic hosts. Clears a specific host name. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip bgp [* | | ] [in | out | soft] Use the clear ip bgp command to clear BGP neighbors as specified. Syntax Description * Clears all BGP neighbors. Clears all BGP neighbors with the specified autonomous system (AS) number. Range is 1 to 65,535. Clears the BGP neighbor with the specified IP address. in Causes a “soft” reset inbound with a neighbor, reprocessing routes advertised by that neighbor.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example causes a hard reset with peers with an AS number of 101: >enable #clear ip bgp 101 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 54
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip cache Use the clear ip cache command to delete cache table entries. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip dhcp-server binding [* | ] Use the clear ip dhcp-server binding command to clear Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server binding entries from the database. Syntax Description * Clears all automatic binding entries. Clears a specific binding entry. Enter the source IP address (format is A.B.C.D). Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip igmp group [ | ] Use the clear ip igmp group command to clear entries from the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) tables. If no address or interface is specified, all non-static IGMP groups are cleared with this command. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the multicast IP address of the multicast group. Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set 00:00:14 00:02:45 1.1.1.2 172.1.1.1 Loopback100 01:22:59 00:02:46 172.23.23.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip ospf [process | redistribution] Use the clear ip ospf command to reset open shortest path first (OSPF) information. Syntax Description process redistribution Restarts the OSPF process. Refreshes routes redistributed over OSPF. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip policy-sessions Use the clear ip policy-sessions command to clear policy class sessions. You may clear all the sessions or a specific session. Use the show ip policy-sessions command to view a current session listing.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Command History Release 2.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes The second half of this command, beginning with the source IP address may be copied and pasted from a row in the show ip policy-sessions table for easier use. Usage Examples The following example clears the Telnet association (TCP port 23) for policy class pclass1 with source IP address 192.22.71.50 and destination 192.22.71.130: >enable #clear ip policy-sessions pclass1 tcp 192.22.71.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip policy-stats entry Use the clear ip policy-stats command to clear statistical counters for policy classes. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the policy class to clear. If no policy class is specified, statistics are cleared for all policies. entry Optional. Use this keyword to clear statistics of a specific policy class entry.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip prefix-list Use the clear ip prefix-list command to clear the IP prefix list hit count shown in the show ip prefix-list detail command output. Refer to show ip prefix-list [detail | summary] on page 237 for more information. Syntax Description Specifies hit count statistics of the IP prefix list to clear. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear ip route [** | ] Use the clear ip route command to remove all learned routes from the IP route table. Static and connected routes are not cleared by this command. Syntax Description ** Deletes all destination routes. Specifies the IP address of the destination routes to be deleted.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear lldp counters Use the clear lldp counters command to reset all local loop demarkation point (LLDP) packet counters to zero on all interfaces. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values There are no default settings for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear lldp counters interface Use the clear lldp counters interface command to reset all local loop demarkation point (LLDP) packet counters to zero for a specified interface. Syntax Description Clears the information for the specified interface. Type clear lldp counters interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default values are necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear lldp neighbors Use the clear lldp neighbors command to remove all neighbors from this unit’s database. As new local loop demarkation point (LLDP) packets are received, the database will contain information about neighbors included in those frames. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values There are no default settings for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear mac address-table dynamic [address | ] Use the clear mac address-table dynamic command to remove dynamic media access control (MAC) addresses from the MAC address table. Syntax Description address Removes a specific MAC address from the table (format: AA:AA:AA:AA:AA:AA). Removes the MAC address of a specific interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear port-security Use the clear port-security command to clear the dynamic or sticky secure media access control (MAC) addresses associated with an interface. This can be done on a per-address or per-port basis.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear port-security violation-count Use the clear port-security violation-count command to clear the violation count associated with a particular interface. Syntax Description Clears the information for the specified Ethernet interface. Type clear port-security violation-count interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear pppoe Use the clear pppoe command to terminate the current PPPoE client session and cause the AOS to attempt to re-establish the session. Syntax Description Specifies the PPP interface ID number to clear. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear processes cpu max Use the clear processes cpu max command to clear the maximum CPU usage statistic which is displayed in the show process cpu command output. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear qos map Use the clear qos map command to clear the statistics for all defined quality of service (QoS) maps or to view detailed information for maps meeting user-configured specifications. Variations of this command include the following: clear qos map
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example clears statistics for all defined QoS maps: #clear qos map The following example clears statistics for all entries in the priority QoS map: #clear qos map priority The following example clears statistics in entry 10 of the priority QoS map: #clear qos map priority 10 The following example clears QoS statistics for a specified interface: #clear qos map interface frame-relay 1 The clear counters command clears ALL interfac
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear route-map counters
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear spanning-tree counters [interface ] The clear spanning-tree counters command clears the following counts: BPDU transmit, BPDU receive, and number of transitions to forwarding state. Syntax Description interface Optional. Specifies a single interface. Enter clear spanning-tree counters ? for a complete list of interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface ] Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols command to restart the protocol migration process. Syntax Description interface Optional. Specifies a valid interface to clear. Type clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear tacacs+ statistics Use the clear tacacs+ statistics command to delete all terminal access controller access control system (TACACS+) protocol statistics. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clear user [console | ssh | telnet ] Use the clear user command to detach a user from a given line. Syntax Description console Detaches a specific console user. Valid range is 0 to 1. ssh Detaches a specific secure shell (SSH) user. Valid range is 0 to 4. telnet Detaches a specific Telnet user. Valid range is 0 to 5.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clock auto-correct-dst The clock auto-correct-dst command allows the automatic one-hour correction for Daylight Saving Time (DST). Use the clock no-auto-correct-dst command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clock no-auto-correct-dst The clock no-auto-correct-dst command allows you to override the automatic one-hour correction for Daylight Saving Time (DST). Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clock set
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set clock timezone The clock timezone command sets the unit’s internal clock to the timezone of your choice. This setting is based on the difference in time (in hours) between Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) or Central Standard Time (CST) and the timezone for which you are setting up the unit. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Subcommands are specified in the Functional Notes section for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Functional Notes The following list shows sample cities and their timezone codes.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the timezone for Santiago, Chile.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set configure [memory | network | overwrite-network | terminal] Use the configure command to enter the Global Configuration mode or to configure the system from memory. Refer to Global Configuration Mode Command Set on page 324 for more information. Syntax Description memory Configures the active system with the commands located in the default configuration file stored in NVRAM. network Configures the system from a TFTP network host.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set copy Use the copy command to copy any file from a specified source to a specified destination. Syntax Description Specifies the current location of the file to copy. Valid sources include: running-config (current running configuration file), startup-config (configuration file located in NVRAM), or a filename (located in FLASH memory). Specifies the destination of the copied file.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set copy console Use the copy console command to copy the console’s input to a text file. To end copying to the text file, type . The file will be saved in the AOS root directory. Syntax Description Specifies destination file for console input. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set copy flash Use the copy flash command to copy a file located in flash memory to a specified destination. Syntax Description Specifies the destination of the copied file. Valid destinations include tftp and xmodem. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set copy interface Use the copy interface command to copy a file to a specified interface. Syntax Description Specifies file name of source file to copy. Specifies interface to be upgraded. Specifies slot and port number of interface. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set copy tftp Use the copy tftp command to copy a file located on a network Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server to a specified destination. Syntax Description Specifies the destination of the file copied from the TFTP server. Valid destinations include: flash (FLASH memory), startup-config (the configuration file stored in NVRAM), or running-config (the current running configuration file).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set copy xmodem Use the copy xmodem command to copy a file (using the XMODEM protocol) to a specified destination. XMODEM capability is provided in terminal emulation software such as HyperTerminal™. Syntax Description Specifies the destination of the copied file. Valid destinations include: flash (FLASH memory), startup-config (the configuration file stored in NVRAM), or running-config (the current running configuration file).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug aaa Use the debug aaa command to activate debug messages associated with authentication from the AAA subsystem. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug access-list Use the debug access-list command to activate debug messages (for a specified list) associated with access list operation. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Specifies a configured access list. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug atm events Use the debug atm events command to display events on all ATM ports and all virtual circuits. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug atm oam loopback [end-to-end | segment] Use the debug atm oam command to display Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) packets for an ATM virtual circuit descriptor (VCD). Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable debug messages.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug atm packet Use the debug atm packet command to activate debug messages associated with packets on ATM ports and virtual circuits. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug auto-config Use the debug auto-config command to activate debug messages associated auto-config events. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug bridge Use the debug bridge command to display messages associated with bridge events. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug chat-interfaces Use the debug chat-interfaces command to activate debug messages associated with chat AT command driven interfaces. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Specifies the chat interface to debug in slot/port format. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug crypto [ike | ike negotiation | ike client authentication | ike client configuration | ipsec | pki] Use the debug crypto command to activate debug messages associated with IKE and IPSec functions. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description ike Displays all IKE debug messages.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug data-call Use the debug data-call command to activate debug messages associated with data call errors and events. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug demand-routing Use the debug demand-routing command to activate debug messages associated with demand routing errors and events. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug dial-backup Use the debug dial-backup command to activate debug messages associated with dial-backup operation. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug dialup-interfaces Use the debug dialup-interfaces command to generate debug messages used to aid in troubleshooting problems with all dialup interfaces such as the modem or the BRI cards. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug dynamic-dns [verbose] Use the debug dynamic-dns command to display debug messages associated with dynamic domain naming system (DNS). Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description verbose Enables detailed debug messages. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug firewall Use the debug firewall command to activate debug messages associated with the AOS firewall operation. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug frame-relay [events | llc2 | lmi] Use the debug frame-relay command to activate debug messages associated with the Frame Relay operation. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description events Activates debug messages for generic Frame Relay events (such as Frame Relay interface state).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug frame-relay multilink Use the debug frame-relay multilink command to activate debug messages associated with Frame Relay multilink operation. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Optional. Activates debug messages for the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug gvrp bpdus Use the debug gvrp bpdus command to see debug messages showing all GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) configuration messages sent and received on the switch. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug gvrp interface [bpdus | vlans] Use the debug gvrp interface command to see GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) debug messages related to a particular interface. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Activates debug messages for the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug gvrp vlans Use the debug gvrp vlans command to see debug messages showing all GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) VLAN changes. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Optional. Displays debug messages showing all GVRP-related VLAN changes for this VLAN only. Range is 1 to 4094.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug hdlc [errors | verbose] Use the debug hdlc command to activate debug messages associated with the high-level data link control (HDLC) interface. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description errors verbose Enables protocol error and statistic messages. Enables detailed debug messages.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug interface Use the debug interface command to activate debug messages associated with the specified interface. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Activates debug messages for the specified interface. Type debug interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug interface adsl events Use the debug interface adsl events command to activate debug messages associated with ADSL events. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip bgp [events | in | out | keepalives | updates | updates quiet] Use the debug ip bgp command to activate debug messages associated with IP Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description events Displays significant BGP events such as a neighbor state change.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip dhcp-client Use the debug ip dhcp-client command to activate debug messages associated with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip dhcp-server Use the debug ip dhcp-server command to activate debug messages associated with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip dns-client Use the debug ip dns-client command to activate debug messages associated with domain naming system (DNS) client operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip dns-proxy Use the debug ip dns-proxy command to activate debug messages associated with domain naming system (DNS) proxy operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip http [verbose] Use the debug ip http command to activate debug messages associated with HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description verbose Activates detailed debug messages for HTTP operation. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip icmp [send | recv] Use the debug ip icmp command to show all Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) messages as they come into the router or are originated by the router. If an optional keyword (send or recv) is not used, all results are displayed. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description send Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip igmp Use the debug ip igmp command to enable debug messages for Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) transactions (including helper activity). Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the IP address of a multicast group.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip mrouting Use the debug ip mrouting command to activate debug messages associated with multicast table routing events. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip ospf Use the debug ip ospf command to activate debug messages associated with open shortest path first (OSPF) routing operations. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description adj Displays OSPF adjacency events. database-timer Displays OSPF database timer. events Displays OSPF events. flood Displays OSPF flooding.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is an example of debug ip ospf command results: >enable #debug ip ospf flood OSPF: Update LSA: id=c0a8020d rtid=192.168.2.13 area=11.0.0.0 type=1 OSPF: Update LSA: id=0b003202 rtid=11.0.50.2 area=11.0.0.0 type=1 OSPF: Queue delayed ACK lasid=0b003202 lsartid=11.0.50.2 nbr=11.0.50.2 OSPF: Rx ACK lasid=c0a8020d lsartid=192.168.2.13 nbr=11.0.50.2 OSPF: Received LSA ACK LSA_ID=-64.-88.2.13 LSA_RT_ID=-64.-88.2.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip rip [events] Use the debug ip rip command to activate debug messages associated with Routing Information Protocol (RIP) operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description events Optional. Displays only RIP protocol events. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip tcp [events] Use the debug ip tcp events command to activate debug messages associated with significant Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) events such as state changes, retransmissions, session aborts, etc., in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. These debug events are logged for packets that are sent or received from the router.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is sample output for this command: >enable #debug ip tcp events 2003.02.17 07:40:56 IP.TCP EVENTS TCP: Allocating block 5 2003.02.17 07:40:56 IP.TCP EVENTS TCB5: state change: FREE->SYNRCVD 2003.02.17 07:40:56 IP.TCP EVENTS TCB5: new connection from 172.22.75.246:3473 to 10.200.2.201:23 2003.02.17 07:40:56 IP.TCP EVENTS TCB5: state change: SYNRCVD->ESTABLISHED [172.22.75.246:3473] 2003.02.17 07:41:06 IP.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip tcp md5 Use the debug ip tcp md5 command to activate debug messages that detail the results of each incoming Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet’s MD5 authentication with an internal route in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ip udp Use the debug ip udp command to activate debug messages associated with User Datagram Protocol (UDP) send and receive events in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. These debug events are logged for packets that are sent or received from the router. Forwarded UDP packets are not included.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is sample output for this command: >enable #debug ip udp 2003.02.17 07:38:48 IP.UDP RX: src=10.200.3.236:138, dst=10.200.255.255:138, 229 bytes, no listener 2003.02.17 07:38:48 IP.UDP RX: src=10.200.2.7:138, dst=10.200.255.255:138, 227 bytes, no listener 2003.02.17 07:38:48 IP.UDP RX: src=10.200.201.240:138, dst=10.200.255.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug lldp [rx | tx] verbose Use the debug lldp command to display debug output for all local loop demarkation point (LLDP) receive and transmit packets. Use the no version of this command to disable it. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description rx tx verbose Shows information about received packets.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug port-auth [general | packet [both | rx | tx] | auth-sm | bkend-sm | reauth-sm | supp-sm] Use the debug port-auth command to generate debug messages used to aid in troubleshooting problems during the port authentication process. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description general Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug port security Use the debug port security command to display messages associated with port security. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug ppp [authentication | errors | negotiation | verbose] Use the debug ppp command to activate debug messages associated with point-to-point protocol (PPP) operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description authentication Activates debug messages pertaining to PPP authentication (CHAP, PAP, EAP, etc.).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug pppoe client Use the debug pppoe client command to activate debug messages associated with point-to-point protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) operation in the AOS. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug radius Use the debug radius command to enable debug messages from the RADIUS subsystem. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug sntp Use the debug sntp command to enable debug messages associated with the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). All SNTP packet exchanges and time decisions are displayed with these debugging events enabled. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug spanning-tree bpdu [receive | transmit | all] Use the debug spanning-tree bpdu command to display bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) debug messages. When enabled, a debug message is displayed for each BPDU packet that is transmitted or received by the unit. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug spanning-tree [config | events | general | root] Use the debug spanning-tree command to enable the display of spanning-tree debug messages. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description config Enables the display of spanning-tree debug messages when configuration changes occur.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug stack [SW_API | verbose] Use the debug stack command to enable switch-stacking debug messages. Debug messages are displayed (real time) on the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description SW_API Enables messages specific to the stack ports. verbose Enables messages specific to the stack protocol. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug system Use the debug system command to enable debug messages associated with system events (i.e., login, logouts, etc.). Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug tacacs+ packets Use the debug tacas+ packets command to activate debug messages associated with terminal access controller access control system (TACACS+) protocol. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all debug messages in the AOS are disabled.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set debug tftp [client | server] packets Use the debug tftp packets command to activate debug messages associated with Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) packets. Debug messages are displayed (real time) to the terminal (or Telnet) screen. Use the no form of this command to disable the debug messages. Syntax Description client server Activates TFTP client packet debug messages. Activates TFTP server packet debug messages.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set dir Use the dir command to display a directory list of files on the system. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set dir [ | flash | flash ] Use the dir flash command to list all of the files stored in flash. Syntax Description flash Lists all files stored in flash that match the specified pattern. Lists all files stored in flash. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set disable Use the disable command to exit the Enable mode and enter the Basic mode. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set enable Use the enable command to enter a password for the Enable mode. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set erase [ | startup-config] Use the erase command to erase the specified file. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the file (located in FLASH memory) to erase. startup-config Erases the startup configuration file stored in NVRAM. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set events Use the events command to enable event reporting to the current command line interface (CLI) session. Use the no form of this command to disable all event reporting to the current CLI session. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set exception report generate Use the exception report generate command to immediately generate an exception report. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set logout Use the logout command to terminate the current session and return to the login screen. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set ping
Use the ping command (at the Enable mode prompt) to verify IP network connectivity. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the IP address of the system to ping. Entering the ping command with no specified address prompts the user with parameters for a more detailed ping configuration. Refer to Functional Notes (below) for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set The following is a list of available extended ping fields with descriptions: Target IP address: Specifies the IP address of the system to ping. Repeat Count: Specifies the number of ping packets to send to the system (valid range: 1 to 1,000,000). Datagram Size: Size (in bytes) of the ping packet (valid range: 1 to 1448).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set ping stack-member Use the ping stack-member command to ping a member of the stack. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000 and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes This command is available only in stack-master mode.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set reload [cancel | in ] Use the reload command to preform a manual reload of the AOS. Performing an AOS reload disrupts data traffic. Syntax Description cancel Optional. Deactivates a pending reload command. in Optional. Specifies a delay period the AOS will wait before reloading. Specifies the delay period in minutes (mmm) or hours and minutes (hh:mm). Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show access-lists Use the show access-lists command to display all configured access lists in the system (or a specific list). Syntax Description Optional. Specifies a particular access list to display. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 2.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show arp [realtime] Use the show arp command to display the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. Syntax Description realtime Displays full-screen output in real time. See the Functional Notes below for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show atm [pvc | traffic] interface atm Use the show atm command to display information specific to the asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) interface. Variations of this command include the following: show atm pvc show atm pvc interfaces atm show atm traffic interface atm Syntax Description pvc Displays ATM PVC information. traffic Displays ATM traffic information.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show auto-config Use the show auto-config command to display auto-configuration status. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show bridge Use the show bridge command to display a list of all configured bridge groups (including individual members of each group). Enter an interface or a bridge number to display the corresponding list. Syntax Description Optional. Displays all bridge groups associated with the specific interface. Type the show bridge ? command to display a list of applicable interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show buffers [realtime] Use the show buffers command to display the statistics for the buffer pools on the network server. Syntax Description realtime Displays full-screen output in real time. See the Functional Notes below for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show buffers users [realtime] Use the show buffers users command to display a list of the top users of packet buffers. Typically, this command will only be used as a debug tool by ADTRAN personnel. Syntax Description realtime Displays full-screen output in real time. See the Functional Notes below for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 61200510L1-35E 0x001d8298 0x0010d970 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Enable Mode Command Set 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 165
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show channel-group Use the show channel-group command to display detailed information regarding port aggregation of a specified channel group (i.e., channel groups and their associated ports). Variations of this command include the following: show channel-group port-channel load-balance show channel-group summary show channel-group summary Syntax Description port-channel load-balance Displays the current load-balance scheme.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show clock [detail] Use the show clock command to display the system time and date entered using the clock set command. Refer to the section clock set
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show configuration Use the show configuration command to display a text printout of the startup configuration file stored in nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM). Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set ! ! interface eth 0/1 speed auto no ip address shutdown ! interface dds 1/1 shutdown ! interface bri 1/2 shutdown ! ! ip access-list standard Outbound permit host 10.3.50.6 permit 10.200.5.0 0.0.0.255 ! ! ip access-list extended UnTrusted deny icmp 10.5.60.0 0.0.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show connections Use the show connections command to display information (including TDM group assignments) for all active connections. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 7.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show crypto ca [certificates | crls | profiles] Use the show crypto ca command to display information regarding certificates and profiles. Syntax Description certificates Displays information on all certificates. crls Displays a summary of all certificate revocation lists (CRLs) for each CA. profiles Displays information on all configured CA profiles. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show crypto ike Use the show crypto ike command to display information regarding the IKE configuration.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample from the show crypto ike policy command: >enable #show crypto ike policy Crypto IKE Policy 100 Main mode Using System Local ID Address Peers: 63.105.15.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show crypto ipsec Use the show crypto ipsec command to display information regarding the IPSec configuration. Variations of this command include the following: show crypto ipsec sa show crypto ipsec sa address show crypto ipsec sa map show crypto ipsec transform-set show crypto ipsec transform-set Syntax Description sa Displays all IPSec security associations.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show crypto map Use the show crypto map command to display information regarding crypto map settings. Variations of this command include the following: show crypto map show crypto map show crypto map
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show debugging Use the show debugging command to display a list of all activated debug message categories. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show demand Use the show demand command to display information regarding demand routing parameters and statistics. Variations of this command include the following: show demand show demand interface show demand interface show demand resource pool show demand resource pool show demand sessions Syntax Description interface Displays the information for all demand routing interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Keep-alive is set (10 sec.) Admin MTU = 1500 Mode: Either, 1 dial entries, idleTime = 120, fastIdle = 20 Resource pool demand No authentication configured IP address 10.100.0.2 255.255.255.0 Connect Sequence: Successes = 0, Failures = 0 Seq DialString Technology Successes Busys NoAnswers NoAuths InUse 5 5552222 ISDN 0 0 0 0 Current values: Local IP address 10.100.0.2, Peer IP address 10.100.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set The following is example output from the show demand resource pool command: >enable #show demand resource pool Pool demand Resources: bri 1/3, bri 2/3 Demand Interfaces: demand 1 The following is example output from the show demand sessions command: >enable #show demand sessions Session 1 Interface demand 1 Local IP address = 10.100.0.2 Remote IP address = 10.100.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show dial-backup interfaces Use the show dial-backup interfaces command to display all configured dial-backup interfaces and the associated parameters for each. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Backup phone number list: Number Call Type min/max DS0s Backup I/F 5551212 analog 1/1 ppp 2 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 181
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show dialin interfaces Use the show dialin interfaces command to display information regarding remote console dialin. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 4.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show dynamic-dns Use the show dynamic-dns command to show information related to the dynamic domain naming system (DNS) configuration. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show event-history Use the show event-history command to display all entries in the current local event-history log. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show flash Use the show flash command to display a list of all files currently stored in FLASH memory. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show frame-relay fragment [frame-relay ] Use the show frame-relay fragment command to display FRF.12 statistics for Frame Relay sublinks enabling FRF.12 fragmentation. Syntax Description frame-relay Optional. Displays detailed FRF.12 statistics for the specified Frame Relay sublink (if FRF.12 is enabled on that sublink). Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show frame-relay Use the show frame-relay command to display configuration and status parameters for configured virtual Frame Relay interfaces. Variations of this command include the following: show frame-relay lmi show frame-relay pvc show frame-relay pvc interface frame-relay show frame-relay pvc realtime Syntax Description lmi Displays Link Management Interface (LMI) statistics for each virtual Frame Relay interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following are sample outputs from various show frame-relay commands: >enable #show frame-relay lmi LMI statistics for interface FR 1 LMI TYPE = ANSI Num Status Enq.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show frame-relay multilink detailed Use the show frame-relay multilink command to display information associated with the Frame Relay multilink interface. Syntax Description detailed Optional. Specifies the display of information for a specific interface. Enter the show frame-relay multilink ? command for a complete list of interfaces. Optional. Displays more detailed information.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show garp timer Use the show garp timer command to see the current configured Generic Attribute Registration Protocol (GARP) application timer values. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show gvrp configuration Use the show gvrp configuration command to show a GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) configuration summary for the switch. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show gvrp statistics interface Use the show gvrp statistics interface command to show statistics related to GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP). Syntax Description Shows the information for the specified interface. Type show gvrp statistics interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show hosts [verbose] Use the show hosts command to display information such as the domain name, name lookup service, a list of name server hosts, and the cached list of host names and addresses on the network to which you can connect. Syntax Description verbose Enables detailed messaging. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show interfaces Use the show interfaces command to display configuration parameters and current statistics for all interfaces (or a specified interface). Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the interface to display. Type show interfaces ? for a complete list of valid interfaces. description Optional. Displays information such as name, administrative status, protocol, and description for all the interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced. Release 6.1 Command was updated to include performance-statistics option. Release 9.1 Command was expanded to include HDLC and tunnel interfaces. Release 10.1 The realtime option and PRI interface were added. Release 11.1 Description, status, and verbose options were introduced. The demand, FXO, and serial interfaces were added.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set #show interfaces modem 1/2 modem 1/2 is UP Line status: on-hook Caller ID will be used to route incoming calls 0 packets input 0 bytes 0 no buffer 0 runts 0 giants 0 throttles 0 input errors 0 CRC 0 frame 0 abort 0 ignored 0 overruns 0 packets output 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 input clock glitches 0 output clock glitches 0 carrier lost 0 cts lost #show interfaces eth 0/1 Ip address is 10.200.1.50 Netmask is 255.255.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set #show interfaces fr 1 TDM group 10 line protocol is UP Encapsulation FRAME-RELAY (fr 1) 463 packets input 25488 bytes 0 no buffer 0 runts 0 giants 0 throttles 0 input errors 0 CRC 0 frame 0 abort 0 ignored 0 overruns 864 packets output 239993 bytes 0 underruns 0 input clock glitches 0 output clock glitches 0 carrier lost 0 cts lost Line Status: -- No Alarms -Current Performance Statistics: 0 Errored Seconds 0 Bursty Errored Seconds 0 Severely Errored Seconds
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show interfaces adsl information [atuc | atur | bit-allocation] Use the show interfaces adsl command to display information related to the ADSL port. Syntax Description atuc atur bit-allocation Specifies interface slot and port number. Shows ADSL interface remote information. Shows ADSL local information. Shows ADSL DMT bit-allocation table. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show interfaces shdsl Use the show interfaces shdsl command to display configuration parameters and current statistics for the SHDSL interfaces (or a specified interface).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Functional Notes The following is a list of output messages from the show interfaces shdsl command: Equipment Type Shows whether the unit is operating in CPE (NT) mode or CO (LT) mode. Line Rate Shows the current line rate. The line rate is the data rate + 8 kbps. Therefore, a rate of 2056 kbps implies an actual data rate of 2048 kbps. Alarms Shows the current alarm conditions.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Functional Notes Loop Attenuation Shows the current, minimum, and maximum loop attenuation of the line. These may be cleared using the clear counters shdsl command. Performance Stats Shows current interval line statistics. These statistics may be cleared through the use of the clear counters shdsl command, but the number of elapsed seconds will continue running and accumulating time.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Technology Review A network loopback loops data toward the network (away from the unit). A customer loopback loops data toward the router. The router does not instigate customer-side loopbacks, only network loopbacks (remote or local). The reason for this is that the customer interface is internal to the router. There is little use for looping back router data on itself. A transparent loopback is one in which the unit loops back one side (i.e.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show interfaces switchport [vlans] The show interfaces switchport command displays the operational and configured state of switch-specific parameters on all ports. Syntax Description vlans Shows VLAN membership information for a specific switchport or series of switchports. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip access-lists Use the show ip access-lists command to display all configured IP access lists in the system. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies a particular access list to display. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 2.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip arp [realtime] Use the show ip arp command to display the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. Syntax Description realtime Displays full-screen output in realtime. See the Functional Notes below for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip as-path-list [] Use the show ip as-path-list command to display any AS path lists that have been configured in the router, along with any permit and deny clauses in each list. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies that the command display only the list matching the specified AS path listname. If not specified, all AS path lists are displayed. Default Values By default, this command displays all AS path lists.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip bgp community [ . . . | internet | no export| local-as | no-advertise] [exact] Use the show ip bgp community command to display only those routes learned via Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) that match the community numbers specified in the command. If no communities are specified, all BGP routes are shown. Syntax Description internet local-as no-export no-advertise exact Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples In the following example, all BGP routes are displayed whose community numbers match those listed in the show ip bgp community command. >enable #show ip bgp community local-as 10:405 BGP local router ID is 10.22.131.241, local AS is 302. Status codes: * valid, > best, i - internal, o - local Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network 10.22.152.20/30 10.22.152.24/29 10.22.152.36/30 10.22.152.52/30 11.0.0.0/30 12.0.0.0/30 13.0.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip bgp community-list [exact] Use the show ip bgp community-list command to display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes that are permitted by the specified community list. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the community list whose routes you wish to see. exact Optional. Restricts the routes displayed to only those whose community lists exactly match those specified in the named community list.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples In the following example, all BGP routes are displayed whose community numbers match those defined in the community list named CList1. >enable #show ip bgp community-list CList1 BGP local router ID is 10.22.131.241, local AS is 302. Status codes: * valid, > best, i - internal, o - local Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network 10.22.152.20/30 10.22.152.24/29 10.22.152.36/30 10.22.152.52/30 11.0.0.0/30 12.0.0.0/30 13.0.0.0/30 14.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip bgp [regexp | summary] Use the show ip bgp command to display a summary of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route table. Syntax Description regexp summary Specifies the regular expression to filter on. Displays routes whose autonomous system (AS) path matches the regular expression specified. Displays a summary of the status for all BGP. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide * 10.22.130.240/28 10.22.132.9 *> 10.22.131.0/29 10.22.131.1 *> 10.22.131.0/29 10.22.131.9 10.22.131.0/29 10.22.132.9 *> 10.22.131.8/29 10.22.131.1 *> 10.22.131.8/29 10.22.131.9 0.22.131.8/29 10.22.132.9 *> 10.22.131.16/29 10.22.131.1 *> 10.22.131.16/29 10.22.131.9 * i10.22.131.16/29 10.22.132.1 * 10.22.131.16/29 10.22.132.9 *> 10.22.131.240/28 10.22.131.1 *> 10.22.131.240/28 10.22.131.9 * i10.22.131.240/28 10.22.132.1 * 10.22.131.240/28 10.22.132.9 * 10.22.132.0/29 10.22.131.1 * 10.
Command Reference Guide 10.22.134.32/29 *> i10.22.134.40/29 10.22.134.40/29 10.22.134.40/29 *> i10.22.134.48/29 *> i10.22.134.48/29 10.22.134.48/29 10.22.134.48/29 *> i10.22.134.56/29 10.22.134.56/29 10.22.134.56/29 *> i10.22.134.64/29 *> i10.22.134.64/29 10.22.134.64/29 10.22.134.64/29 *> i10.22.134.80/29 10.22.134.80/29 10.22.134.80/29 10.22.135.0/29 10.22.135.0/29 *> i10.22.135.0/29 10.22.135.8/29 10.22.135.8/29 *> i10.22.135.8/29 *> i192.168.1.0/24 *> i192.168.2.0/24 *> o192.168.3.0/24 *> i192.168.4.
Command Reference Guide 10.22.134.26 4 10.22.134.34 4 Enable Mode Command Set 304 304 172 164 174 174 0 0 0 0 02:41:43 02:41:40 10 4 The following sample output of the show ip bgp regexp _303_ command shows all of the entries in the BGP database that contain "303" in the AS path. Router#show ip bgp regexp _303_ BGP local router ID is 192.168.3.1, local AS is 304. Status codes: * valid, > best, i - internal, o - local Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network 10.22.130.8/29 * i10.22.130.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip bgp [ | ] Use the show ip bgp command to display details about the specified route, including the advertising router IP address, router ID, and the list of neighbors to which this route is being advertised. Syntax Description Shows only routes for the specified network. Optional. Shows only routes for the specified network matching the prefix length (e.g., /24).
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip bgp neighbors Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display information for the specified Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor. Variations of this command include the following: show ip bgp neighbors show ip bgp neighbors show ip bgp neighbors [advertised-routes | received-routes | routes] Syntax Description Displays information for the specified neighbor.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following are output variations of the show ip bgp neighbors command: >enable #show ip bgp neighbors BGP neighbor is 10.15.43.17, remote AS 100, external link Configured hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Default minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Connections established 6; dropped 5 Last reset: Interface went down Connection ID: 15 BGP version 4, remote router ID 8.1.1.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set #show ip bgp neighbors 10.15.43.17 received-routes BGP local router ID is 10.0.0.1, local AS is 101. Status codes: * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network NextHop Metric Path *> 1.0.0.0/8 10.15.43.17 1 100 i *> 2.0.0.0/9 10.15.43.17 1 100 i #show ip bgp neighbors 10.15.43.17 routes BGP local router ID is 10.0.0.1, local AS is 101.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip community-list [] Use the show ip community-list command to display any or all defined community lists in the router configuration. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the name of the community list you wish to display. If this parameter is omitted, all defined community lists will be displayed. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip dhcp-client lease Use the show ip dhcp-client lease command to display all Dynamic Host Client Protocol (DHCP) lease information for interfaces that have dynamically assigned IP addresses. Syntax Description Optional. Displays the information for the specified interface. Type show ip dhcp-client lease ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip dhcp-server binding Use the show ip dhcp-server binding command to display the Dynamic Host Client Protocol (DHCP) server client table with associated information. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies a particular client IP address. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip igmp groups Use the show ip igmp groups command to display the multicast groups that have been registered by directly connected receivers using Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP). If no group address is specified, all groups are shown with this command. Syntax Description Optional. Displays the IP address of a multicast group. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip igmp interface Use the show ip igmp interface command to display multicast-related information per-interface. If no interface is specified, this command shows information for all interfaces. Syntax Description Displays information for a specific interface (in the format type slot/port). Enter the show ip igmp interface ? command for a complete list of interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip interfaces [ | brief] Use the show ip interfaces command to display the status information for all IP interfaces (or a specific interface). Syntax Description Optional. Displays status information for a specific interface. If no interface is entered, status information for all interfaces is displayed. Type show ip interfaces ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip mroute [ | ] [summary | all] Use the show ip mroute command to display IP multicasting routing table information. Syntax Description Optional. Displays IP address of a multicast group. Optional. Displays the parameters for a specific interface (in the format type slot/port). For example: eth 0/1. summary Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set The following is sample output from the show ip mroute all command: >enable #show ip mroute all IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S - Sparse, C - Connected, P - Pruned, J - Join SPT, T - SPT-bit Set, F - Register, R - RP-bit Set Timers: Uptime/Expires (*, 225.1.0.1), 01:17:34/00:03:25, RP 192.168.0.254, Flags: SC Forwarding Entry: Yes Incoming interface: tunnel 2, RPF nbr 172.16.2.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip ospf Use the show ip ospf command to display general information regarding open shortest path first (OSPF) processes. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip ospf database Use the show ip ospf database command to display information from the open shortest path first (OSPF) database regarding a specific router. There are several variations of this command which you can use to obtain information about different OSPF link state advertisements.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Functional Notes The link state ID differs depending on whether the link state advertisement in question describes a network or a router. If describing a network, this ID is one of the following: • • The network’s IP address. This is true for type 3 summary link advertisements and in autonomous system external link advertisements. An address obtained from the link state ID.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip ospf interface Use the show ip ospf interface command to display open shortest path first (OSPF) information for a specific interface. Syntax Description Optional. Displays the interface type. Type show ip ospf interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip ospf neighbor [detail] Use the show ip ospf neighbor command to display open shortest path first (OSPF) neighbor information for a specific interface. Syntax Description Optional. Displays the interface type. Type show ip ospf neighbor ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Optional. Specifies a specific neighbor’s router ID. detail Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip ospf summary-address Use the show ip ospf summary-address command to display a list of all summary address redistribution information for the system. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip policy-class Use the show ip policy-class command to display a list of currently configured access policies. Refer to ip policy-class max-sessions on page 437 for information on configuring access policies. Syntax Description Optional. Displays policy class information for a specific policy class. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip policy-sessions [all] Use the show ip policy-sessions command to display a list of current policy class associations. Refer to ip policy-class max-sessions on page 437 for information on configuring access policies. Syntax Description Optional. Displays policy class associations for a specific policy class.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is sample output from the show ip policy-sessions command: >enable #show ip policy-sessions Protocol (TTL) Src IP Address Src Port Dest IP Address Dst Port NAT IP Address NAT Port -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Policy class "Public": tcp (13) 192.168.1.142 tcp (13) 192.168.1.142 tcp (13) 192.168.1.142 tcp (13) 192.168.1.142 2621 192.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip policy-stats Use the show ip policy-stats command to display a list of current policy class statistics. Refer to ip policy-class max-sessions on page 437 for information on configuring access policies. Syntax Description Optional. Displays policy class statistics for a specific policy class. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip prefix-list [detail | summary] Use the show ip prefix-list command to display BGP prefix list information. Syntax Description detail summary Shows a listing of the prefix list rules and their hit counts. Shows information about the entire prefix list. Shows information for a specific prefix list. Default Values No default values are necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip protocols Use the show ip protocols command to display IP routing protocol parameters and statistics. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip route [connected | ospf | rip | static | table | bgp | summary | summary realtime | ] Use the show ip route command to display the contents of the IP route table. Syntax Description connected Optional. Displays only the IP routes for directly connected networks. ospf Optional. Displays only the IP routes associated with OSPF. rip Optional. Displays only the IP routes that were dynamically learned through RIP.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample output from the show ip route command: >enable #show ip route rip Codes: C - connected S - static R - RIP O - OSPF IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1 N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1 E2 - OSPF external type 2 Gateway of last resort is 10.200.254.254 to network 0.0.0.0 The following example shows how to display IP routes learned via BGP.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show ip traffic [realtime] Use the show ip traffic command to display all IP traffic statistics. Syntax Description realtime Displays full-screen output in real time. See the Functional Notes below for more information. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Release 10.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show lldp Use the show lldp command to display local loop demarkation point (LLDP) timer configuration. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default values are necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show lldp device Use the show lldp device command to display specific neighbor information about a given neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies the system name of the neighbor to display. Default Values No default values are necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show lldp interface Use the show lldp interface command to display local loop demarkation point (LLDP) configuration and statistics for interfaces on this device. Syntax Description Displays the information for the specified interface. Type show lldp interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces. Default Values No default values are necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show lldp neighbors [interface l | detail | realtime] Use the show lldp neighbors interface command to display information about neighbors of this device learned about via local loop demarkation point (LLDP). Syntax Description Displays a summary of all neighbors learned about through the specified interface (e.g., eth 0/1). Type show lldp neighbors interface ? for a complete list of applicable interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example shows detailed information about a device’s neighbors: >enable #show lldp neighbors interface eth 0/3 detail Chassis ID: 00:A0:C8:02:DD:2A (MAC Address) System Name: Router Device Port: eth 0/1 (Locally Assigned) Holdtime: 38 Platform: NetVanta 3305 Software: Version: 08.00.22.sw1.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show lldp neighbors statistics Use the show lldp neighbors statistics command to display statistics about local loop demarkation point (LLDP) neighbor table actions. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values There are no default values necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table Use the show mac address-table command to display all static and dynamic entries in the medium access control (MAC) address table for all virtual local area networks (VLANs) and physical interfaces. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples 2 00:a0:c8:05:00:ac DYNAMIC eth 0/1 2 00:a0:c8:05:00:ad DYNAMIC eth 0/1 2 00:a0:c8:05:00:c2 DYNAMIC eth 0/1 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 249
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table address Use the show mac address-table address command to display all medium access control (MAC) addresses known by the AOS.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set The following sample from the show mac address-table address command displays information regarding a specific MAC address and interface from the MAC address table: >enable #show mac address-table address 00:a0:c8:7d:30:00 ethernet 0/1 Mac Address Table -----------------------------------------Vlan Mac Address Type Ports -------- -------------------- --------- ----------- 2 00:a0:c8:7d:30:00 DYNAMIC eth 0/1 Total Mac Addresses for this criterion:
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table aging-time Use the show mac address-table aging-time command to display information regarding the amount of time dynamic entries remain in the medium access control (MAC) address table. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table count Use the show mac address-table count command to display information regarding the number of medium access control (MAC) addresses in use (both static and dynamic). Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table dynamic Use the show mac address-table dynamic command to display all dynamic medium access control (MAC) addresses learned by the AOS.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample from the show mac address-table dynamic command: >enable #show mac address-table dynamic Mac Address Table ---------------------------Vlan Mac Address Type ------- --------------------------1 00:a0:c8:7d:30:00 DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:05:89:09 DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:07:d9:d2 DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:07:d9:19 DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:09:95:6b DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:0a:2d:7c DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:f6:e9:a6 DYNAMIC 1 00:a0:c8:01:0a:ef DYNAMIC 1 00:a0
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table interface [ | vlan ] Use the show mac address-table interface command to display information regarding medium access control (MAC) address table entries specific to a certain interface. Syntax Description Shows information for a specific interface type. Type show mac address-table interface ? for a list of valid interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show mac address-table static Use the show mac address-table static command to display all static medium access control (MAC) addresses known by the AOS.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample from the show mac address-table static command: >enable #show mac address-table static Mac Address Table ----------------------------Vlan ------ Mac Address ------------------- Type -------- Ports -------- 1 00:a0:c8:00:88:40 STATIC CPU Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 1 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 258
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show memory [heap | realtime | uncached-heap] Use the show memory command to display statistics regarding memory including memory allocation and buffer use statistics. Shows how memory is in use (broken down by memory size) and how much memory is free. Syntax Description heap Shows how much memory is in use (broken down by memory block size) and how much memory is free.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample output from the show memory heap command: >enable #show memory heap Memory Heap: HeapFree: 2935792 HeapSize: 8522736 Block Managers: Mgr Size Used Free Max-Used 0 0 58 0 58 1 16 1263 10 1273 2 48 1225 2 1227 3 112 432 2 434 4 240 140 3 143 5 496 72 2 74 6 1008 76 1 26 7 2032 25 1 26 8 4080 2 1 3 9 8176 31 1 32 10 16368 8 0 8 11 32752 5 1 6 12 65520 3
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show modules [verbose] The show modules command displays information on the current system setup. Syntax Description verbose Enables detailed messaging. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced. Usage Examples The following example displays the modules installed in the unit.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show monitor session [ | all] Use the show monitor session command to display information regarding a specified monitor session or to display this information for all sessions. Syntax Description Displays information for a single specific monitor session. all Shows all sessions. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show output-startup Use the show output-startup command to display startup configuration output line-by-line. This output can be copied into a text file and then used as a configuration editing tool. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show port-auth [detailed | statistics | summary] [interface ] Use the show port-auth command to view port authentication information. Syntax Description detailed Displays detailed port authentication information. statistics Displays port authentication statistics. summary Displays a summary of port authentication settings. interface Displays port authentication information for the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Port-Authentication Port Summary: Interface Status Type Mode Authorized --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------eth 0/1 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/2 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/3 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/4 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/5 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/6 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/7 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/8 disabled port-based n/a n/a eth 0/9 disabled
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show port-security [address | interface | port-expiration] detailed Use the show port-security command to display port security information. Syntax Description address Displays a list of secure medium access control (MAC) addresses for all interfaces currently configured for port security. interface Filters the output to include only information for a particular interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show power inline [realtime] Use the show power inline command to display power information (in watts) for devices connected to power over Ethernet (PoE) interfaces. The command also displays the PoE interfaces that can be powered, whether the interfaces are powered or not, and the IEEE class for the device(s) connected to the PoE interfaces. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the slot/port of a PoE interface.
Command Reference Guide eth 0/2 eth 0/3 eth 0/4 eth 0/5 eth 0/6 eth 0/7 eth 0/8 eth 0/9 … 61200510L1-35E auto auto auto auto off off off auto Enable Mode Command Set off off on off n/a n/a n/a on n/a n/a 3.1 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show pppoe Use the show pppoe command to display all point-to-point over Ethernet (PPPoE) settings and associated parameters. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show processes [cpu | cpu realtime | history | queue | stack] Use the show processes command to display process statistic information. Syntax Description cpu Displays informations about processes that are currently active. cpu realtime Displays full-screen CPU output in real time. See the Functional Notes below for more information. history queue stack Displays the process switch history. Displays process queue utilization. Displays process stack usage.
Command Reference Guide Task D 0 1 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 14 ....etc. Task Name Idle FrontPanel Stack Usage Q Test 1 Q Test 2 Clock PacketRouting Thread Pool IKE RouteTableTick 61200510L1-35E Enable Mode Command Set Invoked PRI STAT 0W 249 W 11 W 10 W 11 W 20 W 250 W 50 W 10 W 50 W Exec (count) 129689 9658 485 50 50 1443 31656 161 2 49 Time (usec) 1971 165 305 4 6 24 10 159 341 874 Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN Runtime (usec) 927923 3202 325 0 0 55 3871 0 0 874 Load % (1sec) 92.79 0.32 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show qos [cos-map | dscp-cos | interface | queuing] Use the show qos command to display information regarding quality of service (QoS) and cost of service (CoS) settings. Syntax Description cos-map Displays the CoS priority-to-queue map. The map outlines which CoS priority is associated with which queue. dscp-cos Displays the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) to CoS map settings.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is sample output from the show qos cos-map command: >enable #show qos cos-map CoS Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Priority Queue: 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 The following is sample output from the show qos interface command for Ethernet 0/8 interface: >enable #show qos interface ethernet 0/8 Ethernet 0/8 trust state: trusted default CoS: 0 The following is sample output from the show qos queuing command with WRR queuing enabled: >enable #show qos
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show qos map The show qos map command outputs information about the quality of service (QoS) map. This information differs based on how a particular map entry is defined. Variations of this command include the following: show qos map show qos map
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Example >enable #show qos map qos map priority map entry 10 match IP packets with a precedence value of 6 priority bandwidth: 400 (kilobits/sec) burst: default packets matched by map: 125520 map entry 20 match ACL icmp packets matched by map: 99 map entry 30 match RTP packets on even destination ports between 16000 and 17000 packets matched by map: 0 map entry 50 match ACL tcp packets matched by map: 4326 map entry 60 match IP packets with a dscp value
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set The following example shows the “priority” Qos Map and all entries in that map: >enable #show qos map priority qos map priority map entry 10 match IP packets with a precedence value of 6 priority bandwidth: 400 (kilobits/sec) burst: default packets matched by map: 125520 map entry 20 match ACL icmp packets matched by map: 99 map entry 30 match RTP packets on even destination ports between 16000 and 17000 packets matched by map: 0 map entry 50 match ACL tcp p
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set The following examples show Qos Map interface stats associated with the map defined for an interface: >enable #show qos map interface frame-relay 1 fr 1 qos-policy out: priority map entry 10 match IP packets with a precedence value of 6 budget 145/10000 bytes (current/max) priority bandwidth: 400 (kilobits/sec) packets matched on interface: 27289 packets dropped: 98231 map entry 20 not configured for rate limiting map entry 30 not configured for rate limiti
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show queue Use the show queue command to display conversation information associated with an interface queue. This command shows summary and per-conversation information. Syntax Description Displays the queueing information for the specified interface. Type the show queue ? command to display a list of valid interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show queuing [fair] Use the show queuing command to display information associated with configured queuing methods. Syntax Description fair Optional. Displays only information on the weighted fair queuing configuration. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show radius statistics Use the show radius statistics command to display various statistics from the RADIUS subsystem. These statistics include number of packets sent, number of invalid responses, number of timeouts, average packet delay, and maximum packet delay. Statistics are shown for both authentication and accounting packets. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show route-map [] Use the show route-map command to display any route-maps that have been configured in the router. It displays any match and set clauses associated with the route-map, as well as the number of incoming routes that have matched each route-map. Route-maps can be used for BGP and PBR. Syntax Description Optional. Displays only the route-map matching the specified name.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Match clauses: ip address (access-lists): Acl1 Set clauses: metric 100 BGP Filtering matches: 10 routes Policy routing matches: 0 packets 0 bytes route-map RouteMap2, permit, sequence 20 Match clauses: ip address (access-lists): Acl2 Set clauses: metric 200 BGP Filtering matches: 12 routes Policy routing matches: 0 packets 0 bytes route-map RouteMap3, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: length 150 200 Set clauses: ip next-hop: 10.10.11.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Set clauses: metric 200 BGP Filtering matches: 12 routes Policy routing matches: 0 packets 0 bytes In the example below, only RouteMap3 is displayed. #show route-map RouteMap3 route-map RouteMap3, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: length 150 200 Set clauses: ip next-hop: 10.10.11.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show running-config Use the show running-config command to display a text print of all the non-default parameters contained in the current running configuration file. Specific portions of the running-config may be displayed, based on the command entered.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced. Release 9.1 Command was expanded to include HDLC and tunnel interfaces. Release 11.1 Demand, FXO, and serial interfaces were added. IP crypto and router pim-sparse key words were added.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show snmp Use the show snmp command to display the system Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) parameters and current status of SNMP communications. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show sntp Use the show sntp command to display the system Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) parameters and current status of SNTP communications. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree Use the show spanning-tree command to display the status of the spanning-tree protocol. Syntax Description Optional. Displays spanning-tree for a specific bridge group. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree active [detail] Use the show spanning-tree active command to display the spanning-tree status on active interfaces only. Syntax Description detail Optional. Displays the spanning-tree protocol status in detail. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree blockedports Use the show spanning-tree blockedports command to display ports that are currently in a blocked state. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree detail [active] Use the show spanning-tree detail command to display the spanning-tree protocol information in detail. Syntax Description active Optional. Displays spanning-tree protocol information for only active interfaces. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree interface ethernet [active | active detail | cost | detail | detail active | edgeport | priority | rootcost | state] Use the show spanning-tree interface ethernet command to display spanning-tree protocol information for a particular Ethernet interface. Syntax Description Specifies the slot and port number of the interface. active Optional. Displays information for an active interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree interface gigabit-ethernet [active | active detail | cost | detail | detail active | priority | rootcost | state] Use the show spanning-tree interface gigabit-ethernet command to display spanning-tree protocol information for a particular Gigabit Ethernet interface. Syntax Description Specify the slot and port number of the interface. active Optional. Displays information for an active interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree interface port-channel [active | active detail | cost | detail | detail active | edgeport | priority | rootcost | state] Use the show spanning-tree interface port-channel command to display spanning-tree protocol information for a particular port channel interface. Syntax Description Specifies the slot and port number of the interface. active Optional. Displays information for an active interface.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree pathcost method Use the show spanning-tree pathcost method command to display the default pathcost method being used. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree realtime Use the show spanning-tree realtime command to display full-screen spanning tree information in real time. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Release 10.1 Command was introduced. The real time display option was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is sample output using the show spanning-tree realtime command. >enable #show spanning-tree realtime ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------STP 0 Vlan 1 Spanning Tree enabled protocol ieee 802.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree root [address | cost | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority | priority system-id] Use the show spanning-tree root command to display information regarding the spanning-tree protocol root. Syntax Description address Optional. Displays the address of the spanning-tree root. cost Optional. Displays the path cost of the spanning-tree root. detail Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show spanning-tree summary Use the show spanning-tree summary command to display a brief summary of the spanning tree. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show stack [candidates | candidates realtime | realtime | topology | topology realtime] Use the show stack command to view the status of all the switches configured for stacking. Syntax Description show stack candidates candidates realtime realtime topology topology realtime Displays the mode of the switch as either master or member. If the mode is master, this command also gives the status of the stack members.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example displays the configuration of the switch stack while in stack-master mode: >enable #show stack Stack mode is MASTER Management Vlan is 2386, firmware version is 08.00.18.D Stack network is 169.254.0.0/24 Stack members... Member Mac Address Mgmt IP Address Source Interface State 2 00:A0:C8:02:CF:C0 169.254.0.2 Stack port Up 3 00:A0:C8:00:8C:20 169.254.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set >enable #show stack candidates Displaying all known Stack candidates... MAC Address System Name Source Interface AOS Revision 00:A0:C8:00:8C:20 LabSwitch1 stack port 08.00.18 00:A0:C8:00:F5:6C LabSwitch2 stack port 08.00.19.D 00:A0:C8:02:CF:C0 LabSwitch3 stack port 08.00.20.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show startup-config Use the show startup-config command to display a text printout of the startup configuration file stored in NVRAM. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set ! ! interface eth 0/1 speed auto no ip address shutdown ! interface dds 1/1 shutdown ! interface bri 1/2 shutdown ! ! ip access-list standard MatchAll permit host 10.3.50.6 permit 10.200.5.0 0.0.0.255 ! ! ip access-list extended UnTrusted deny icmp 10.5.60.0 0.0.0.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show startup-config checksum Use the show startup-config checksum command to display the Message Digest 5 (MD5) checksum of the unit’s startup configuration. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show system The show system command shows the system version, timing source, power source, and alarm relay status. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show tacacs+ statistics Use the show tacacs+ statistics command to display terminal access controller access control system (TACACS+) client statistics. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show tcp info [realtime] Use the show tcp info command to display Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) control block information in the AOS. This information is for troubleshooting and debug purposes only. For more detailed information, you can optionally specify a particular TCP control block.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples ID 0 1 2 3 4 5 . .
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show thresholds Use the show thresholds command to display thresholds currently crossed for all DS1 interfaces. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show users [realtime] Use the show users command to display the name (if any) and state of users authenticated by the system.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample of show users output: >enable #show users - CONSOLE 0 'adtran' logged in and enabled Idle for 00:00:00 - TELNET 0 (172.22.12.60:3998) 'password-only' logged in (not enabled) Idle for 00:00:14 - FTP (172.22.12.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show version Use the show version command to display the current ADTRAN operating system (AOS) version information. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set show vlan [brief | brief realtime | id | name | realtime] Use the show vlan command to display current virtual local area network (VLAN) information. Syntax Description brief Optional. Shows an abbreviated version of the VLAN information (brief description). brief realtime Displays full-screen output in real time. See the Functional Notes below for more information. id Optional.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following is a sample show vlan output: >enable #show vlan Status Ports -------------------- -------------------1 Default -------------- ----------- active eth 0/5, eth 0/6, eth 0/8, eth 0/13, eth 0/14, eth 0/15, eth 0/16, eth 0/17, eth 0/18, eth 0/19, eth 0/20, eth 0/21, eth 0/22, eth 0/23, eth 0/24, giga-eth 0/1, giga-eth 0/2 2 accounting active eth 0/1, eth 0/2 3 VLAN0003 active eth 0/3, eth 0/4, eth 0/7, eth 0/9, eth 0/10
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set telnet
Use the telnet command to open a Telnet session (through the AOS) to another system on the network. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the remote system. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set telnet stack-member Use the telnet stack-member command to Telnet to a stack member. Syntax Description Specifies unit ID of the stack member to connect to via a Telnet session. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000 and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set terminal length The terminal length command sets the number of rows (lines) for a terminal session. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. This command is only valid for the current session and returns to the default (24 rows) when the session closes. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values The default setting for this command is 24 rows.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set traceroute
source Use the traceroute command to display the IP routes a packet takes to reach the specified destination. Syntax Description source Optional. Specifies the IP address of the remote system to trace the routes to. Optional. Specifies the IP address of the interface to use as the source of the trace. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set undebug all Use the undebug all command to disable all activated debug messages. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 2.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set vlan database Use the vlan database command to enter the VLAN Database Configuration mode. Refer to the section VLAN Database Configuration Command Set on page 1167 for more information. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set wall Use the wall command to send messages to all users currently logged in to the AOS unit. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Enable Mode Command Set write [dynvoice-config | erase | memory | network | terminal] Use the write command to save the running configuration to the unit’s nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM) or a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server. Also use the write command to clear NVRAM or to display the running configuration on the terminal screen. Entering the write command with no other arguments copies your configuration changes to the unit’s NVRAM.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set GLOBAL CONFIGURATION MODE COMMAND SET To activate the Global Configuration mode, enter the configuration command at the Enable Security mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto commands begin on page 358 data-call [authentication protocol | sent authentication protocol] [chap | pap] on page 378 data-call [mtu | multilink] on page 379 enable password [md5] on page 380 event-history on on page 382 event-history priority [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] on page 383 exception report [filename ] on page 385 ftp authentication on page 386 garp timer [join | leave | le
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip [ssh-server | telnet-server ] on page 453 ip subnet-zero on page 454 ip tftp source-interface on page 455 line [console | telnet | ssh] on page 456 lldp [minimum-transmit-interval l reinitialization-delay l transmit-interval l ttl-multiplier] on page 458 logging commands begin on page 460 mac address-table aging-time on page 474 mac address-table static
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa accounting commands [ | default] [none | stop-only] [group | group tacacs+] Use aaa accounting commands to set parameters for AAA accounting. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description Specifies the commands enable level. (1=unprivileged, 15 = privileged). Specifies the name of the list.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa accounting [suppress null-username] Use the aaa accounting suppress null-username command to stop sending accounting records for usernames set to null. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description suppress Refrain from sending accounting records for null usernames.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa accounting update [newinfo | periodic ] Use the aaa accounting update command to specify when accounting records are sent to the server. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description newinfo Sends all new accounting records immediately. periodic Periodically sends all accounting records to the server.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa authentication [banner | fail-message | password-prompt | username-prompt] Use the aaa authentication command to control various features of the AAA subsystem authentication process. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description banner Sets the banner shown before user authentication is attempted. The banner can be multiple lines.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Enter TEXT message. End with the character '#'. Authentication denied.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa authentication enable default [none | line | enable | group | group radius | group tacacs+] Use the aaa authentication enable default command to create (or change) the list of fallback methods used for privileged mode access authentication. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description none Access automatically granted.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa authentication login [ | default] [none | line | enable | local | group | group radius | group tacacs+] Use the aaa authentication login command to create (or change) a named list with the ability to have a chain of fallback authentication methods for user authentication.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates a named list called myList and specifies using the local database as the first method, myGroup as the second method, and line password as the third method for login authentication: (config)#aaa authentication login myList local group myGroup line The following command sets the default authentication list for logins to use the local database as the first fallback method: (config)#aaa authentication lo
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa authentication port-auth default [group | group radius | local | none] Use the aaa authentication port-auth default command to create a default list for port authentication. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description group Specifies a group of remote servers to use for authentication.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa authorization commands [ | default] [group | group tacacs+ | if-authenticated | none] Use aaa authorization commands to create (or change) a list of methods for user authorization. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description Specifies the commands enable level. (1=unprivileged, 15 = privileged).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa authorization [config-command | console] Use the aaa authorization to enable or disable authorization for configuration mode commands and for console mode. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description config-command Enables authorization for configuration mode commands.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa group server [radius | tacacs+] Use the aaa group server command to group pre-defined RADIUS and TACACS+ servers into named lists. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description radius Groups defined RADIUS servers. tacacs+ Groups TACACS+ server. Specifies the name of the list.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates the named list myServers and enters the RADIUS group: (config)#aaa group server radius myServers (config-sg-radius)# The following example creates the named list myServers and enters the TACACS+ group: (config)#aaa group server tacacs myServers (config-sg-tacacs+)# 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 339
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa on Use the aaa on command to activate the AAA subsystem. Use the no form of this command to deactivate AAA. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, AAA is not activated. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set The AAA system allows users to create a named list of these methods to attempt in order (if one fails, it falls to the next one on the list). This named list is then attached to a portal (telnet 0-4 or console 0-1). When a user Telnets in or accesses the terminal, the AAA system uses the methods from the named list to authenticate the user. The AAA system must be turned on to be active. By default it is off.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set aaa processes Use the aaa processes command to set the number of threads available to the AAA subsystem. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. For more detailed information on AAA functionality, refer to the Technology Review section of the command aaa on on page 340. Syntax Description Specifies the number of threads available to the AAA subsystem. Range: 1 to 64.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set arp arpa Use this command to enter static entries into the address resolution protocol (ARP) table. Syntax Description arpa Sets the standard address resolution protocol for this interface. Specifies the IP address. Specifies the MAC address. Default Values The default for this command is arpa.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set auto-config [filename | restart | retry-count | server ] Use the auto-config command to enable the automatic self-configuration feature in ADTRAN OS. Use the no form of this command to halt the Auto-Config process. For more detailed information on auto-config, see the Auto-Config Configuration Guide on the documentation CD, PN 61200560L1-29.2. Refer to the Auto-Config Configuration Guide (61200560L1-29.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set The following command specifies the name of the file to download: (config)#auto-config filename myConfig The following command restarts the auto-config process: (config)#auto-config restart The following command sets the number of retries when downloading a configuration file to 100: (config)#auto-config retry-count 100 The following command specifies the TFTP server IP address from which to download the configuration file: (config)#auto-config
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set banner [exec | login | motd] Use the banner command to specify messages to be displayed in certain situations. Use the no form of this command to delete a previously configured banner. Syntax Description exec Creates a message to be displayed when any exec-level process takes place. login Creates a message to be displayed before the username and password login prompts.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set boot config [cflash | flash] [cflash | flash] Use the boot config command to modify system boot parameters. Syntax Description cflash Specifies primary/backup configuration file located in CompactFlash memory. flash Specifies primary/backup configuration file located in flash memory. Specifies the filename of the configuration file (filenames are case-sensitive).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set boot system flash [no-backup | ] Use the boot system flash command to specify the system image loaded at startup. Syntax Description Specifies the filename (located in flash memory) of the image (filenames are case-sensitive) - image files should have a .biz extension no-backup Specifies that no backup image is to be saved to the system. Specifies a name for the backup image.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set bridge protocol ieee The bridge protocol ieee command configures a bridge group for the IEEE Spanning-Tree Protocol. Use the no form of this command (with the appropriate arguments) to delete this setting. Syntax Description Specifies a bridge group number (range: 1 to 255). ieee Specifies IEEE 802.1 Ethernet spanning-tree protocol.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set clock [auto-correct-dst | no-auto-correct-dst] The clock auto-correct-dst command allows the unit to automatically correct for Daylight Saving Time (DST). Use the clock no-auto-correct-dst command to disable this feature. Syntax Description auto-correct-DST Configures the unit to automatically correct for DST. no-auto-correct-DST Disables DST correction. Default Values By default DST correction takes place automatically.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set clock set
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set clock timezone The clock timezone command sets the unit’s internal clock to the timezone of your choice. This setting is based on the difference in time (in hours) between Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) or Central Standard Time (CST) and the timezone for which you are setting up the unit. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Subcommands are specified in the Functional Notes section for this command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Functional Notes The following list shows sample cities and their timezone codes.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the timezone for Santiago, Chile.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set cross-connect <#> Use the cross-connect command to create a cross-connect map from a created TDM group on an interface to a virtual interface. Changing cross-connect settings could potentially result in service interruption. Syntax Description <#> Identifies the cross-connect using a number descriptor or label for (useful in systems that allow multiple cross-connects).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates a Frame Relay endpoint and connects it to the T1 1/1 physical interface: 1. Create the Frame Relay virtual endpoint and set the signaling method: (config)# interface frame-relay 1 (config-fr 1)# frame-relay lmi-type cisco 2. Create the sub-interface and configure the PVC parameters (including DLCI and IP address): (config-fr 1)# interface fr 1.1 (config-fr 1.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Step 2: Create the sub-interface and configure the PVC parameters. Using the sub-interface, apply access policies to the interface, create bridging interfaces, configure dial-backup, assign an IP address, and set the PVC data-link control identifier (DLCI). For example, the following creates a Frame Relay sub-interface labeled 22, sets the DLCI to 30, and assigns an IP address of 193.44.69.253 to the interface. (config-fr 7)# interface fr 7.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ca authenticate Use the crypto ca authenticate command to initiate CA authentication procedures. Syntax Description Specifies a CA profile using an alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Zc2sXYyrBPtv6k2ZGGYqXAUZ98/txm37JwQGafygePJ/64oeisVeDcLf2FTjveex W5saydjSK00jXjreRZcJFEDmfRhUtWR8K8tm8mEnB3eg9n09lkWibIjihHn7n5MF tBBAdbRHyctsr3DyofnieTt3DY78MDsNbgOBhQACgYEA6EKDS2IxrdMsogHfVvob PkDSv2FjOsP5Tomc/tf9jvvuf6+vj9XTw+uAg1BU9/TyjGzAtnRrCvOUkTYoVxRY vdDOi3GR2RcyNVdGrhYXWY1I5XuB5+NWij8VUQOgfXsJgbEMvPemECeYwQ4ASdhD vw0E8NI2AEkJXsCAvYfXWzujIzAhMAsGA1UdDwQEAwIBhjASBgNVHRMBAf8ECDAG AQH/AgEyMAsGByqGSM44BAMFAAMvADAsAhRa0ao0FbRQeWCc2oC24OZ1YZ
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ca certificate chain Use the crypto ca certificate chain command to enter the Certificate Configuration for the specified CA. Refer to Certificate Configuration Command Set on page 1226 for more information. Syntax Description Specifies a CA profile using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ca enroll Use the crypto ca enroll command to begin CA enrollment procedures. Syntax Description Specifies a CA profile using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example shows a typical enrollment dialog: (config)#crypto ca enroll MyProfile **** Press CTRL+C to exit enrollment request dialog. **** * Enter signature algorithm (RSA or DSS) [rsa]:rsa * Enter the modulus length to use [512]:1024 * Enter the subject name as an X.500 (LDAP) DN:CN=Router,C=US,L=Huntsville,S=AL --The subject name in the certificate will be CN=CN=Router,C=US,L=Huntsville,S=AL.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ca import certificate Use the crypto ca import certificate command to import a certificate manually via the console terminal. Syntax Description Specifies a CA profile using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set VGVjaFN1cHBvcnQxETAPBgNVBAMTCHRzcm91dGVyghAZql7OwISgsUhfaSeGh0Ot MGkGA1UdHwRiMGAwLaAroCmGJ2h0dHA6Ly90c3JvdXRlci9DZXJ0RW5yb2xsL3Rz cm91dGVyLmNybDAvoC2gK4YpZmlsZTovL1xcdHNyb3V0ZXJcQ2VydEVucm9sbFx0 c3JvdXRlci5jcmwwgY0GCCsGAQUFBwEBBIGAMH4wPAYIKwYBBQUHMAKGMGh0dHA6 Ly90c3JvdXRlci9DZXJ0RW5yb2xsL3Rzcm91dGVyX3Rzcm91dGVyLmNydDA+Bggr BgEFBQcwAoYyZmlsZTovL1xcdHNyb3V0ZXJcQ2VydEVucm9sbFx0c3JvdXRlcl90 c3JvdXRlci5jcnQwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQADQQBSGD4JbGJGk53qvyy0xX
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ca import crl Use the crypto ca import crl command to import a CRL manually via the console terminal. Syntax Description Specifies a CA profile using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ca profile Use the crypto ca profile command to define a CA and to enter the CA Profile Configuration. Refer to CA Profile Configuration Command Set on page 1215 for more information. Syntax Description Creates a CA profile using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ike Use the crypto ike command to define the system-level local ID for IKE negotiations and to enter the IKE Client or IKE Policy command sets.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Technology Review The following example configures an AOS product for VPN using IKE aggressive mode with pre-shared keys. The AOS product can be set to initiate IKE negotiation in main mode or aggressive mode. The product can be set to respond to IKE negotiation in main mode, aggressive mode, or any mode. In this example, the device is configured to initiate in aggressive mode and to respond to any mode.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set An IKE policy may specify one or more peer IP addresses that will be allowed to connect to this system. To specify multiple unique peer IP addresses, the peer A.B.C.D command is used multiple times within a single IKE policy. To specify that all possible peers can use a default IKE policy, the peer any command is given instead of the peer A.B.C.D command inside of the IKE policy.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Step 8: Create crypto map. A crypto map is used to define a set of encryption schemes to be used for a given interface. A crypto map entry has a unique index within the crypto map set. The crypto map entry will specify whether IKE is used to generate encryption keys or if manually specified keys will be used.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ike remote-id Use the crypto ike remote-id command to specify the remote ID and to associate a pre-shared key with the remote ID. For VPN configuration example scripts, refer to the technical support note VPN Configuration Guide located on the ADTRAN OS Documentation CD provided with your unit. Syntax Description address Specifies a remote ID of IPv4 type. any Wildcard that allows any remote ID (type and value).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Functional Notes The fqdn and user-fqdn line can include wildcard characters. The wildcard characters are “*” for a 0 or more character match and “?” for a single character match. Currently, the “?” cannot be set up using the CLI, but it can be transferred to the unit via the startup-config. Example for user-fqdn: john*@domain.com will match: johndoe@domain.com johnjohn@adtran.comjohnjohn@myemail.com john@adtran.comjohn@myemail.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Example for typical asn1-dn format with wildcards used to match a string within a field: crypto ike remote-id asn1-dn "CN=*, C=*, S=*, L=*, O=*, OU=*" (matches any asn1-dn remote ID string from a peer) Example for typical asn1-dn format with wildcards used to match a portion of the remote ID: crypto ike remote-id asn1-dn "CN=*, C=US, S=ALCA, L=Huntsville, O=Adtran, OU=*" (matches any remote ID string with the same values for the C, S, L, and O
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto ipsec transform-set Use the crypto ipsec transform-set command to define the transform configuration for securing data (e.g., esp-3des, esp-sha-hmac, etc.). The transform set is then assigned to a crypto map using the map’s set transform-set command. Refer to set transform-set on page 1238.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example first creates a transform set (Set1) consisting of two security algorithms (up to three may be defined), and then assigns the transform set to a crypto map (Map1): (config)#crypto ipsec transform-set Set1 esp-3des esp-sha-hmac (cfg-crypto-trans)#exit (config)#crypto map Map1 1 ipsec-ike (config-crypto-map)#set transform-set Set1 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 375
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to define crypto map names and numbers and to enter the associated mode (either Crypto Map IKE or Crypto Map Manual).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set If no transform set or access list is configured for a crypto map, the entry is incomplete and will have no effect on the system. When you apply a crypto map to an interface (using the crypto map command within the interface’s mode), you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps that share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set data-call [authentication protocol | sent authentication protocol] [chap | pap] Use the data-call authentication protocol and data-call sent authentication protocol commands to set the pre-authentication defaults for inbound demand routing calls. Use the no form of these commands to return to the default settings.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set data-call [mtu | multilink] Use the data-call commands to set the pre-authentication defaults for maximum transmit unit (MTU) size or to enable multilink for inbound demand routing calls. Use the no form of each command to return to the factory default settings. See the mtu on page 198 for more detailed syntax descriptions. Syntax Description mtu Sets the maximum size for the transmit unit. Valid range: 64 to 1520.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set enable password [md5] Use the enable password command to define a password (with optional encryption) for accessing the Enable mode. Use the no enable password command to remove a configured password. To prevent unauthorized users from accessing the configuration functions of your device, immediately install an Enable-level password. Syntax Description md5 Optional.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples To provide extra security, the AOS can encrypt the Enable password when displaying the current configuration.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set event-history on Use the event-history on command to enable event logging for the AOS system. Event log messages will not be recorded unless this command has been issued (regardless of the event-history priority configured). The event log may be displayed using the show event-history command. Use the no form of this command to disable the event log. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set event-history priority [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] Use the event-history priority command to set the threshold for events stored in the event history. All events with the specified priority or higher will be kept for viewing in the local event log. The event log may be displayed using the show event-history command. Use the no form of this command to keep specified priorities from being logged.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example logs all events to the event history: (config)#event-history priority info 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 384
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set exception report [filename ] Use the exception report command to specify the output filename for the exception report. Syntax Description filename Optional. Specifies a filename for the exception report other than the default filename. Default Values By default, the exception report filename is exception report-yyyyMMddHHmmss.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ftp authentication Use the ftp authentication command to attach AAA login authentication lists to the FTP server (refer to aaa authorization commands [ | default] [group | group tacacs+ | if-authenticated | none] on page 336 for more information). This list is only used if the AAA subsystem has been activated with the aaa on command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set garp timer [join | leave | leaveall] Use the garp timer command to adjust the timers used in all GARP applications (currently only GVRP) on the switch. Syntax Description join Specifies the time (in milliseconds) between GARP application join messages. leave Specifies the time (in milliseconds) between GARP application leave messages (must be at least 3 times longer than the join timer).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set gvrp Use the gvrp command to enable or disable GVRP on the switch globally. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, GVRP is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes Disabling GVRP globally will disable GVRP on all interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set hostname Creates a name used to identify the unit. This alphanumeric string should be used as a unique description for the unit. This string will be displayed in all prompts. Syntax Description Identifies the unit using an alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. Default Values Router Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set interface [ | ] [point-to-point] Use the interface command to activate the interface command set for the specified physical or virtual interface. Use the no form of this command to delete a configured interface. To activate the interface, enter the no shutdown command from within the specific interface command set. For example, (config-ppp 7)#no shutdown.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set interface range - Use the interface range command to enter configuration mode for a range of interfaces. Syntax Description Specifies the interface type (e.g., ethernet, gigabit ethernet, etc.).Type interface range ? for a complete list of valid interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip access-list extended Use the ip access-list extended command to create an empty access list and enter the extended access-list. Use the no form of this command to delete an access list and all the entries contained in it.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set The following keywords and port numbers are supported for the field: any Matches any destination port. eq Matches only packets on a given port number. gt Matches only packets with a port number higher than the one listed. host Matches a single destination host. lt Matches only packets with a port number lower than the one listed.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set The following is the list of TCP port numbers that may be identified using the text name (in bold): bgp (Port 179) lpd (Port 515) chargen (Port 19) nntp (Port 119) cmd (Port 514) pim-auto-rp (Port 496) daytime (Port 13) pop2 (Port 109) discard (Port 9) pop3 (Port 110) domain (Port 53) smtp (Port 25) echo (Port 7) sunrpc (Port 111) exec (Port 512) syslog (Port 514) finger (Port 79) tacacs (Port 49) ftp (Port 21) talk (Port 517
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Optional. Filters ICMP packets that are filtered using the ICMP message type (using the keyword) may also be filtered using the ICMP message code (valid range: 0 to 255). An must be specified when entering an . Optional. Filters packets using ICMP descriptive message rather than the corresponding type and code associations.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates an access list AllowIKE to allow all IKE (UDP Port 500) packets from the 190.72.22.55.0/24 network: (config)#ip access-list extended AllowIKE (config-ext-nacl)#permit udp 190.72.22.55.0 0.0.0.255 eq 500 any eq 500 For more details, refer to the ADTRAN OS System Documentation CD or the ADTRAN website (www.adtran.com) for technical support notes regarding access-list configuration.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip access-list standard [permit | deny] Use the ip access-list standard command to create an empty access list and enter the standard access-list. Use the no form of this command to delete an access list and all the entries contained in it.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Functional Notes Access control lists are used as packet selectors by access policies (ACPs); by themselves they do nothing. ACLs are composed of an ordered list of entries with an implicit deny all at the end of each list. An ACL entry contains two parts: an action (permit or deny) and a packet pattern. A permit ACL is used to allow packets (meeting the specified pattern) to enter the router system.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates an access list UnTrusted to deny all packets from the 190.72.22.248/30 network: (config)#ip access-list standard UnTrusted (config-std-nacl)#deny 190.72.22.248 0.0.0.3 For more details, refer to the ADTRAN OS System Documentation CD or the ADTRAN website (www.adtran.com) for technical support notes regarding access list configuration.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip classless Use the ip classless command to forward classless packets to the best supernet route available. A classless packet is a packet addressed for delivery to a subnet of a network with no default network route. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the Netvanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip crypto Use the ip crypto command to enable AOS VPN functionality and allow crypto maps to be added to interfaces. Use the no form of this command to disable the VPN functionality. Disabling the AOS security features (using the no ip crypto command) does not affect VPN configuration settings (with the exception of the removal of all crypto maps from the interfaces).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip default-gateway Use the ip default-gateway command to specify a default gateway if (and only if) IP routing is NOT enabled on the unit. Use the ip route command to add a default route to the route table when using IP routing functionality. Syntax Description Specifies the default gateway IP address in the form of dotted decimal notation (example: 192.22.71.50).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip dhcp-server database local Use the ip dhcp-server database local command to configure a DHCP database agent with local bindings. Use the no form of this command to disable this option. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default values. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 10.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip dhcp-server excluded-address Use the ip dhcp-server excluded-address command to specify IP addresses that cannot be assigned to DHCP clients. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address restriction. Syntax Description Specifies the lowest IP address (using dotted decimal notation) in the range OR a single IP address to be excluded. Optional.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip dhcp-server ping packets <#packets> Use the ip dhcp-server ping packets command to specify the number of ping packets the DHCP server will transmit before assigning an IP address to a requesting DHCP client. Transmitting ping packets verifies that no other hosts on the network are currently configured with the specified IP address.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip dhcp-server ping timeout Use the ip dhcp-server ping timeout command to specify the interval (in milliseconds) the DHCP server will wait for a response to a transmitted DHCP ping packet. The DHCP server transmits ping packets before assigning an IP address to a requesting DHCP client. Transmitting ping packets verifies that no other hosts on the network are currently configured with the specified IP address.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip dhcp-server pool Use the ip dhcp-server pool command to create a DHCP address pool and enter the DHCP pool. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured DHCP address pool. Refer to the section DHCP Pool Command Set on page 1327 for more information. Syntax Description Identifies the configured DHCP server address pool using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters in length).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip domain-lookup Use the ip domain-lookup command to enable the IP domain naming system (DNS), allowing DNS-based host translation (name-to-address). Use the no form of this command to disable DNS. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip domain-name Use the ip domain-name command to define a default IP domain name to be used by the AOS to resolve host names. Use the no form of this command to disable this function. Syntax Description Specifies the default IP domain name used to resolve unqualified host names. Do not include the initial period that separates the unresolved name from the default domain name. Default Values By default, this command is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip domain-proxy Use the ip domain-proxy command to enable DNS proxy for the router. This enables the router to act as a proxy for other units on the network. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall Use the ip firewall command to enable AOS security features including access control policies and lists, Network Address Translation (NAT), and the stateful inspection firewall. Use the no form of this command to disable the security functionality. Disabling the AOS security features (using the no ip firewall command) does not affect security configuration.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Functional Notes This command enables firewall processing for all interfaces with a configured policy class. Firewall processing consists of the following functions: Attack Protection: Detects and discards traffic that matches profiles of known networking exploits or attacks. Session Initiation Control: Allows only sessions that match traffic patterns permitted by access-control policies to be initiated through the router.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Technology Review Concepts: Access control using the AOS firewall has two fundamental parts: Access Control Lists (ACLs) and Access Policy Classes (ACPs). ACLs are used as packet selectors by other AOS systems; by themselves they do nothing. ACPs consist of a selector (ACL) and an action (allow, discard, NAT). ACPs integrate both allow and discard policies with NAT. ACPs have no effect until they are assigned to a network interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Case 4: Packets from interfaces without a configured policy class to other interfaces without a configured policy class This traffic is routed normally. The ip firewall command has no effect on this traffic. Attack Protection: When the ip firewall command is enabled, firewall attack protection is enabled. The AOS blocks traffic (matching patterns of known networking exploits) from traveling through the device.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Invalid Traffic Pattern Manually AOS Firewall Response Enabled? Common Attacks Attacks that send TCP URG packets Yes Any TCP packets that have the URG flag set are discarded by the firewall. Winnuke, TCP XMAS Scan Falsified IP Header Attacks No The firewall verifies that the packet’s actual length matches the length indicated in the IP header. If it does not, the packet is dropped.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Application Specific Processing: The following applications and protocols require special processing to operate concurrently with NAT/firewall functionality. The AOS firewall includes ALGs for handling these applications and protocols: AOL Instant Messenger (AIM®) VPN ALGS: ESP and IKE FTP H.323: H.245 Q.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall alg [ftp | h323 | pptp] Use the ip firewall alg command to enable the application-level gateway (ALG) for a particular application. Use the no form of this command to disable ALG for the application. Syntax Description ftp Enables the FTP ALG. h323 Enables the H323 ALG. pptp Enables the PPTP ALG. Default Values By default, the ALG for FTP, H323, and PPTP are enabled.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall attack-log threshold Use the ip firewall attack-log threshold command to specify the number of attack mounting attempts the AOS will identify before generating a log message. Use the no form of this command to return to the default threshold. The AOS security features must be enabled (using the ip firewall command) for the stateful inspection firewall to be activated.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall check reflexive-traffic Use the ip firewall check reflexive-traffic command to enable the AOS stateful inspection firewall to process traffic from a primary subnet to a secondary subnet on the same interface through the firewall. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. The AOS security features must be enabled (using the ip firewall command) for the stateful inspection firewall to be activated.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall check syn-flood Use the ip firewall check syn-flood command to enable the AOS stateful inspection firewall to filter out phony TCP service requests and allow only legitimate requests to pass through. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. The AOS security features must be enabled (using the ip firewall command) for the stateful inspection firewall to be activated. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall check winnuke Use the ip firewall check winnuke command to enable the AOS stateful inspection firewall to discard all out of band (OOB) data (to protect against WinNuke attacks). Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. The AOS security features must be enabled (using the ip firewall command) for the stateful inspection firewall to be activated. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip firewall policy-log threshold Use the ip firewall policy-log threshold command to specify the number of connections required by an access control policy before the AOS will generate a log message. Use the no form of this command to return to the default threshold. The AOS security features must be enabled (using the ip firewall command) for the stateful inspection firewall to be activated.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip forward-protocol udp Use the ip forward-protocol udp command to specify the protocols and ports the AOS allows when forwarding broadcast packets. Use the no form of this command to disable a specified protocol or port from being forwarded. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 2.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes Use this command to configure the AOS to forward UDP packets across the WAN link to allow remote devices to connect to a UDP service on the other side of the WAN link.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip ftp access-class in Use the ip ftp access-class in command to assign an access policy to all self-bound File Transfer Protocol (FTP) sessions. Syntax Description Specifies the configured access policy (ACP) to apply to inbound FTP traffic. Default Values By default, all FTP access is allowed.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip ftp agent Use the ip ftp agent command to enable the file transfer protocol (FTP) agent. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the FTP agent is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 4.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip ftp source-interface Use the ip ftp source-interface command to use the specified interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP traffic transmitted by the unit. Use the no form of this command if you do not wish to override the normal source IP address. Syntax Description Specifies the interface to be used as the source IP address for FTP traffic.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip host Use the ip host command to define an IP host name. This allows you to statically map host names and addresses in the host cache. Use the no form of this command to remove defined maps. Syntax Description Defines the name of the host. Specifies IP address associated with this IP host. Default Values By default, the host table is empty.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip http [access-class in | authentication | secure-access-class in | secure-server | server | session-limit | session-timeout] Use the ip http command to enable web access to the unit. Syntax Description access-class Enables HTTP for all incoming connections associated with a specific access list. Specifies the access list name. in Applies to all incoming connections.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip igmp join Use the ip igmp join command to instruct the router stack to join a specific group. The stack may join multiple groups. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of a multicast group. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 7.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip load-sharing [per-destination | per-packet] Use the ip load-sharing command to configure whether parallel routes in the route table are used to load-share forwarded packets. If this command is disabled, the route table uses a single “best” route for a given subnet. If this command is enabled, the route table can use multiple “best” routes and alternate between them.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-address Use the ip mcast-stub helper-address command to specify an IP address toward which IGMP host reports and leave messages are forwarded. This command is used in IP multicast stub applications in conjunction with the ip mcast-stub downstream and ip mcast-stub upstream commands. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip multicast-routing Use the ip multicast-routing command to enable the multicast router process. The command does not affect other multicast-related configurations. Use the no form of this command to disable. Disabling this command prevents multicast forwarding but does not remove other multicast commands and processes. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip name-server Use the ip name-server command to designate one or more name servers to use for name-to-address resolution. Use the no form of this command to remove any addresses previously specified. Syntax Description Specifies up to six name-server addresses. Default Values By default, no name servers are specified.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip policy-class max-sessions Use the ip policy-class command to create an access control policy and enter the access control policy. Use the no form of this command to delete an access policy and all the entries contained in it. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Functional Notes AOS access control policies are used to allow, discard, or manipulate (using NAT) data for each physical interface. Each ACP consists of a selector (access list) and an action (allow, discard, NAT). When packets are received on an interface, the configured ACPs are applied to determine whether the data will be processed or discarded.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of the AOS using the ip firewall command. Step 2: Create an access list to permit or deny specified traffic. Standard access lists provide pattern matching for source IP addresses only. (Use extended access lists for more flexible pattern matching.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set nat source list interface overload policy All packets passed by the access list(s) and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be modified to replace the source IP address with the primary IP address of the listed interface. The overload keyword allows multiple source IP addresses to be replaced with the single IP address of the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip policy-timeout Use multiple ip policy-timeout commands to customize timeout intervals for protocols (TCP, UDP, ICMP, AHP, GRE, ESP) or specific services (by listing the particular port number). Use the no form of this command to return to the default timeout values. Syntax Description Specifies the data protocol such as ICMP, TCP, UDP, AHP, GRE, or ESP. Optional.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Syntax Description (Continued) finger (Port 79) sunrpc (Port 111) ftp (Port 21) syslog (Port 514) Optional.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates customized policy timeouts for the following: Internet traffic (TCP Port 80) timeout 24 hours (86400 seconds) Telnet (TCP Port 23) timeout 20 minutes (1200 seconds) FTP (21) timeout 5 minutes (300 seconds) All other TCP services timeout 8 minutes (480 seconds) (config)#ip policy-timeout tcp www 86400 (config)#ip policy-timeout tcp telnet 1200 (config)#ip policy-timeout tcp ftp 300 (config)#ip policy-
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip prefix-list description <“text”> Use the ip prefix-list description command to create and name prefix lists. Syntax Description Specifies a particular prefix list. description <“text”> Assigns text (set apart by quotation marks) used as a description for the prefix list. Maximum length is 80 characters. Default Values No default values are necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip prefix-list seq [permit | deny] [le | ge ] Use the ip prefix-list seq command to specify a prefix to be matched or a range of mask lengths. Syntax Description Specifies a particular prefix list. Specifies the entry's unique sequence number which determines the processing order. Lower-numbered entries are processed first. Range: 1 to 4,294,967,294.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example creates a prefix list entry in the prefix list test matching only the 10.0.0.0/8 network: (config)#ip prefix-list test seq 5 deny 10.0.0.0/8 The following example creates a prefix list entry in the prefix list test matching any network of length 24 or less: (config)#ip prefix-list test seq 10 permit 0.0.0.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip radius source-interface Use the ip radius source-interface command to specify the network-attached storage (NAS) IP address attribute passed with the RADIUS authentication request packet. Syntax Description Specifies the source interface (in the format type slot/port). Type ip radius source-interface ? for a complete list of interfaces. Default Values By default, no source interface is defined.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip route Use the ip route command to add a static route to the route table. This command can be used to add a default route by entering ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 and specifying the interface or IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured static route.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip routing Use the ip routing command to enable the AOS IP routing functionality. Use the no form of this command to disable IP routing. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, IP routing is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip scp server Use the ip scp server to enable the secure copy (SCP) server. SCP is a more secure form of the older Berkley r-tool RCP or remote copy. It allows an SCP client to send or receive files to/from the unit. SCP relies on Secure Shell (SSH) for authentication and encryption of the data transfer. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the secure copy server is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip snmp agent Use the ip snmp agent command to enable the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agent. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the SNMP agent is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip sntp source-interface The ip sntp source-interface command to use the specified interface’s IP address as the source IP address for SNTP traffic transmitted by the unit. Use the no form of this command if you do not wish to override the normal source IP address. Syntax Description Specifies the interface to be used as the source IP address for SNTP traffic.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip [ssh-server | telnet-server ] Use the this command to specify alternate transmission control protocol (TCP) ports for secure shell (SSH) and Telnet servers. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description ssh server Configures the SSH server to listen on an alternate TCP port. telnet server Configures the Telnet server to listen on an alternate TCP port.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip subnet-zero The ip subnet-zero command is the default operation and cannot be disabled. This command signifies the router’s ability to route to subnet-zero subnets. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set ip tftp source-interface Use the ip tftp source-interface command to use the specified interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TFTP traffic transmitted by the unit. Use the no form of this command if you do not wish to override the normal source IP address. Syntax Description Specifies the interface to be used as the source IP address for TFTP traffic.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set line [console | telnet | ssh] Use the line command to enter the line configuration for the specified console, Telnet, or secure shell (SSH) session. Refer to the sections Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set on page 532, Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set on page 553, and Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set on page 545 for information on the subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Command History Release 1.1 Release 11.1 Command was introduced. Command was expanded to include SSH.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set lldp [minimum-transmit-interval l reinitialization-delay l transmit-interval l ttl-multiplier] Use the lldp command to configure global settings that control the way LLDP functions. Syntax Description minimum-transmit-interval Defines the minimum amount of time between transmission of LLDP frames (in seconds).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the LLDP minimum transmit interval to 10 seconds: (config)#lldp minimum-transmit-interval 10 The following example sets the LLDP reinitialization delay to 5 seconds: (config)#lldp reinitialization-delay 5 The following example sets the LLDP transmit interval to 15 seconds: (config)#lldp transmit-interval 15 The following example sets the LLDP TTL multiplier to 2 and the time-to-live for all LLDP frames
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging console Use the logging console command to enable the AOS to log events to all consoles. Use the no form of this command to disable console logging. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, logging console is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email address-list ; Use the logging email address-list command to specify one or more email addresses that will receive notification when an event matching the criteria configured using the logging email priority-level command is logged by the AOS. Refer to logging email priority-level [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] on page 464 for more information.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email exception-report address-list ; Use the logging email exception-report address-list command to specify one or more email addresses to receive an exception report for use in troubleshooting. Use the no form of this command to remove a listed address. Syntax Description Specifies the complete email address to use when sending exception reports. (This field allows up to 256 characters.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email on Use the logging email on command to enable the AOS email event notification feature. Use the logging email address-list command to specify email address(es) that will receive notification when an event matching the criteria configured using the logging email priority-level command is logged by the AOS. Refer to logging email priority-level [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] on page 464 for more information.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email priority-level [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] Use the logging email priority-level command to set the threshold for events sent to the addresses specified using the logging email address-list command. All events with the specified priority or higher will be sent to all addresses in the list. The logging email on command must be enabled.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email receiver-ip Use the logging email receiver-ip command to specify the IP address of the email server to use when sending notification that an event matched the criteria configured using the logging email priority-level command. Refer to logging email priority-level [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] on page 464 for related information. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured address.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email sender Use the logging email sender command to specify the sender in an outgoing email message. This name will appear in the From field of the receiver’s inbox. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging email source-interface Use the logging email source-interface command to use the specified interface’s IP address as the source IP address for email messages transmitted by the unit. Use the no form of this command if you do not wish to override the normal source IP address. Syntax Description Specifies the interface to be used as the source IP address for email messages.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging facility Use the logging facility command to specify a syslog facility type for the syslog server. Error messages meeting specified criteria are sent to the syslog server. For this service to be active, you must enable log forwarding. Refer to logging forwarding on on page 470 for related information. Facility types are described under Functional Notes below.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the syslog facility to the cron facility type: (config)#logging facility cron 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 469
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging forwarding on Use the logging forwarding on command to enable the AOS syslog event feature. Use the logging forwarding priority-level command to specify the event matching the criteria used by the AOS to determine whether a message should be forwarded to the syslog server. Refer to logging forwarding priority-level [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] on page 471 for related information.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging forwarding priority-level [error | fatal | info | notice | warning] Use the logging forwarding priority-level command to set the threshold for events sent to the configured syslog server specified using the logging forwarding receiver-ip command. All events with the specified priority or higher will be sent to all configured syslog servers.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging forwarding receiver-ip Use this logging forwarding receiver-ip command to specify the IP address of the syslog server to use when logging events that match the criteria configured using the logging forwarding priority-level command. Enter multiple logging forwarding receiver-ip commands to develop a list of syslog servers to use.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set logging forwarding source-interface Use the logging forwarding source-interface command to configure the specified interface’s IP address as the source IP address for the syslog server to use when logging events. Use the no form of this command if you do not wish to override the normal source IP address. Syntax Description Specifies the interface to be used as the source IP address for event log traffic.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set mac address-table aging-time Use the mac address-table aging-time command to set the length of time dynamic MAC addresses remain in the switch or bridge forwarding table. Use the no form of this command to reset this length to its default. Syntax Description Set an aging time (in seconds) from 10 to 1,000,000. Set to 0 to disable the timeout. Default Values By default, the aging time is 300 seconds.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set mac address-table static bridge interface Use the mac address-table static command to insert a static MAC address entry into the bridge forwarding table. Use the no form of this command to remove an entry from the table. Syntax Description Specifies a valid 48-bit MAC address. Specifies a valid bridge interface ID. interface Specifies the interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set mac address-table static vlan interface Use the mac address-table static command to insert a static MAC address entry into the MAC address table. Use the no form of this command to remove an entry from the table. Syntax Description Specifies a valid 48-bit MAC address. Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). interface Specifies the interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set modem countrycode [] Use the modem countrycode command to specify the modem configuration for the applicable country. Syntax Description Specifies the modem configuration for the applicable country. Default Values By default, modem countrycode is set to USA/Canada. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Guatemala Hong_Kong Hungary India Indonesia Ireland Israel Italy Japan Jordan Korea Kuwait Lebanon Malaysia Mexico Morocco Netherlands New_Zealand Norway Oman Panama Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto_Rico Qatar Russia Saudi_Arabia Singapore Slovakia Slovenia South_Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Thailand Trinidad Tunisia Turkey UAE UK 61200510L1-35E Global Configuration Mode Command Set - Guatemala Modem configuration - Hong_Kong Modem configuration - Hungary Mo
Command Reference Guide USA/Canada Uruguay Venezuela Yemen Global Configuration Mode Command Set - USA/Canada Modem configuration - Uruguay Modem configuration - Venezuela Modem configuration - Yemen Modem configuration Usage Example The following example specifies to use the USA/Cananda modem configuration.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set monitor session [destination interface | source interface | no tag] [both | rx | tx] Use the monitor session command to configure a port mirroring session. Use the no form of this command to remove a port mirroring session or to remove a source or destination interface. Syntax Description Selects the monitor session number (only one is allowed).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set port-auth default Use the port-auth default command to set all global port-authentication settings to their default states. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000 and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set port-auth max-req Use the port-auth max-req command to specify the maximum number of identity requests the authenticator will transmit before restarting the authentication process. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum number of authentication requests. Default Values By default, the maximum number of authentication requests is set at 2.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set port-auth re-authentication Use the port-auth re-authentication command to enable re-authentication. Syntax Description No subcommands necessary. Default Values By default, re-authentication is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000 and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set port-auth timeout [quiet-period | re-authperiod | tx-period ] Use the port-auth timeout command to configure various port authentication timers. Syntax Description quiet-period re-authperiod tx-period Specifies the amount of time the system will wait before attempting another authentication once a failure has occurred. Range is 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set port-channel load-balance [dst-mac | src-mac] Use the port-channel load-balance command to configure port aggregation load distribution. Use the no form of this command to reset distribution to its default. Syntax Description dst-mac Specifies the destination MAC address. src-mac Specifies the source MAC address. Default Values By default, load balance is set to src-mac.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set qos cos-map ... Use the qos cos-map command to associate cost of service (CoS) values with each queue. Syntax Description Specifies the queue number to which you are assigning CoS value(s). Associates listed CoS values with a particular priority queue. Optional. Associates up to eight CoS values with the queue.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set qos dscp-cos [ to | default] Use the qos dscp-cos command to set the Differentiated Services Codepoint (DSCP) to Class of Service (CoS) map and enable the mapping process. Use the no form of this command to disable mapping. Syntax Description Specifies DSCP values (separating multiple values with a space). Specifies CoS values (separating multiple values with a space).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set qos map Use the qos map command to activate the QoS Map Command Set (which allows you to create and/or edit a QoS map). For details on specific commands, refer to the section Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands on page 1345. Use the no form of this command to delete a map entry. Syntax Description Specifies the QoS map name.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Usage Examples The following example demonstrates basic settings for a QoS map and assigns a map to the Frame Relay interface: >enable #config terminal (config)#qos map VOICEMAP 10 (config-qos-map)#match precedence 5 (config-qos-map)#priority 512 (config-qos-map)#exit (config)#interface fr 1 (config-fr 1)#qos-policy out VOICEMAP 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 489
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set qos queue-type strict-priority Use the qos queue-type strict-priority command to enable queuing based strictly on the priority of each queue. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the queue type is weighted round robin (WRR). Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set qos queue-type wrr [ | expedite] Use the qos queue-type wrr command to set weights for up to four queues. Use the no form of this command to set all queues to be weighted round robin (WRR). Syntax Description Sets the weight of each queue (up to four). All queue weights must be greater than zero except for the weight for the last queue (queue 4). The range for queues 1 to 3 is 1 to 255.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set radius-server Use the radius-server command to configure several global RADIUS parameters. Most of these global defaults can be overridden on a per-server basis.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Command History Release 5.1 Release 7.1 Command was introduced. Added enable-username selection. Functional Notes RADIUS servers (as defined with the radius-server command) may have many optional parameters. However, they are uniquely identified by their addresses and ports. Port values default to 1812 and 1813 for authorization and accounting, respectively.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set radius-server host Use the radius-server host to specify the parameters for a remote RADIUS server. At a minimum, the address (IP or DNS name) of the server must be given. The other parameters are also allowed and (if not specified) will take default values or fall back on the global RADIUS server’s default settings. Syntax Description acct-port Sends accounting requests to this remote port.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set route-map [ permit | deny ] Use the route-map command to create a route map and enter the Route Map Configuration command set. A route map is a type of filter that matches various attributes and then performs actions on the way the route is redistributed. Use the no form of this command to delete a route map. Syntax Description permit deny Specifies a name for the route map.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set router bgp Use the router bgp command to enter the BGP Configuration mode. Refer to the BGP Configuration Command section for more information. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default values necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set router ospf Use the router ospf command to activate OSPF in the router and to enter the OSPF Configuration mode. Refer to the section Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set on page 1301 for more information. Use the no form of this command to disable OSPF routing. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, OSPF is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set router rip Use the router rip command to enter the RIP Configuration mode. Refer to the section for more information. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default values necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set Now consider a route that was learned and does not receive an update for 180 seconds. The route is marked for deletion, and even if it was learned on an interface, a poisoned (metric =16) route should be sent by itself immediately and during the next two update cycles with the remaining normal split horizon update routes. Following actual deletion, the poison reverse update ceases.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set service password-encryption Use the service password-encryption command to turn on global password protection. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. If you need to go back to a previous revision of the code (e.g., AOS Revision 10), this command must be disabled first. Once the service is disabled, all necessary passwords must be re-entered so that they are in the clear text form.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server chassis-id Use the snmp-server chassis-id command to specify an identifier for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Identifies the product using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters in length). Default Values By default, the snmp-server chassis-id is set to Chassis ID.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server community view [ro | rw] Use the snmp-server community command to specify a community string to control access to the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) information. Use the no form of this command to remove a specified community. Syntax Description Specifies the community string (a password to grant SNMP access). view Optional. Specifies a previously defined view.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server contact [email | pager | phone] Use the snmp-server contact command to specify the email address, pager number, or phone number. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured contact. Syntax Description email Specifies email address for the SNMP server contact. pager Specifies pager number for the SNMP server contact. phone Specifies phone number for the SNMP server contact.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server contact <“string”> Use the snmp-server contact command to specify the SNMP sysContact string. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured contact. Syntax Description <“string”> Populates the sysContact string using an alphanumeric string enclosed in quotation marks (up to 32 characters in length). Default Values By default, the snmp-server contact is set to Customer Service.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server enable traps [snmp] Use the snmp-server enable traps command to enable all Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps available on your system or specified using the option. Use multiple snmp-server enable traps to enable multiple trap types. Use the no form of this command to disable traps (or the specified traps). Syntax Description Specifies the type of notification trap to enable.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server host
traps [snmp] Use the snmp-server host traps command to specify traps sent to an identified host. Use multiple snmp-server host traps commands to specify all desired hosts. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the SNMP host that receives the traps.Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server host
traps version [snmp] Use the snmp-server host traps version command to specify traps sent to an identified host. Use multiple snmp-server host traps version commands to specify all desired hosts. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the SNMP host that receives the traps.Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server location <“string”> Use the snmp-server location command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) system location string. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description <“string”> Populates the system location string using an alphanumeric string enclosed in quotation marks (up to 32 characters in length). Default Values By default, the snmp-server location is set to ADTRAN.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server management-url Use the snmp-server management-url command to specify the URL for the device’s management software. Use the no form of this command to remove the management URL. Syntax Description Specifies the URL for the management software. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server management-url-label
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server source-interface Use the snmp-server source-interface command to tell the AOS the interface type from which to expect the SNMP traps to originate. All SNMP originated packets (including traps and get/set requests) will use the designated interface’s IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove specified interfaces. Syntax Description Specifies the physical interface that should originate SNMP traps.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set snmp-server view [excluded | included] Use the snmp-server view command to create or modify a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) view entry. Use the no form of this command to remove an entry. Syntax Description Specifies a label for the view record being created. The name is a record reference. Specifies the object identifier (oid) to include or exclude from the view.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set sntp retry-timeout
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set sntp server
version <1-3> Use the sntp server command to set the hostname of the SNTP server as well as the version of SNTP to use. The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is an abbreviated version of the Network Time Protocol (NTP). SNTP is used to set the time of the AOS product over a network. The SNTP server usually serves the time to many devices within a network.Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set sntp wait-time
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree edgeport bpdufilter default Use the spanning-tree edgeport bpdufilter default command to enable the BPDU filter on all ports by default. Use the no form of this command to disable the setting. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values Disabled by default. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree edgeport bpduguard default Use the spanning-tree edgeport bpduguard default command to enable the BPDU guard on all ports by default. Use the no form of this command to disable the setting. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values Disabled by default. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree edgeport default Use the spanning-tree edgeport default command to configure all ports to be edgeports by default. Use the no form of this command to disable the setting. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values Disabled by default. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree forward-time Use the spanning-tree forward-time command to specify the delay interval (in seconds) when forwarding spanning-tree packets. Use the no form of this command to return to the default interval. Syntax Description Specifies the forwarding delay interval in seconds (Range: 4 to 30). Default Values By default, the forwarding delay is set to 15 seconds.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree hello-time Use the spanning-tree hello-time command to specify the delay interval (in seconds) between hello bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). To return to the default interval, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description Specifies the delay interval (in seconds) between hello BPDUs. Range: 0 to 1,000,000. Default Values By default, the delay is set to 2 seconds.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree max-age Use the spanning-tree max-age command to specify the interval (in seconds) the spanning tree will wait to receive Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) from the root bridge before assuming the network has changed (thus re-evaluating the spanning-tree topology). Use the no form of this command to return to the default interval.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree mode [rstp | stp] Use the spanning-tree mode command to choose a spanning-tree mode of operation. Syntax Description rstp Enables rapid spanning-tree protocol. stp Enables spanning-tree protocol. Default Values By default, spanning-tree mode is set to rstp. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree pathcost method [short | long] Use the spanning-tree pathcost command to select a short or long pathcost method used by the spanning-tree protocol. Syntax Description short Specifies a short pathcost method. long Specifies a long pathcost method. Default Values By default, spanning-tree pathcost is set to short.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set spanning-tree priority Use the spanning-tree priority command to set the priority for spanning-tree interfaces. The lower the priority value, the higher the likelihood the configured spanning-tree interface will be the root for the bridge group. To return to the default bridge priority value, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Sets a priority value for the bridge interface.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set stack [master | member | vlan] Use the stack command to configure switch-stacking options. Syntax Description master Specifies that the unit will be the master of the stack. Configures the private IP network the stack will use for communication. Configures the network mask of the private IP network. Configures the VLAN over which the private IP network will operate.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set This example adds the switch with the CPU MAC address 00:A0:C8:00:8C:20 to the stack; also assigns the number 2 as the new stack member's unit ID. (config)#stack member 00:A0:C8:00:8C:20 2 This example specifies that this unit is in the stack using VLAN 2000 as its management VLAN; also specifies that this unit is in stack member mode (not a stack-master).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set tacacs-server Use the tacacs-server command to customize setting for communication with TACACS servers. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set thresholds [BES | CSS | DM | ES | LCV | LES | PCV | SEFS | SES | UAS] [15Min | 24Hr] Use the thresholds command to specify DS1 performance counter thresholds. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Threshold settings are applied to ALL DS1s. Syntax Description BES CSS DM ES LCV LES PCV SEFS SES UAS 15Min 24Hr Specifies the bursty errored seconds threshold.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set thresholds SES 15Min 10 thresholds SES 24Hr 100 thresholds SEFS 15Min 2 thresholds SEFS 24Hr 17 thresholds UAS 15Min 10 thresholds UAS 24Hr 10 Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set username password Use this command to configure the username and password to use for all protocols requiring a username-based authentication system including FTP server authentication, line (login local-user list), and HTTP access. Syntax Description Specifies a username using an alphanumerical string up to 30 characters in length (the username is case-sensitive).
Command Reference Guide Global Configuration Mode Command Set vlan Use the vlan command to enter the VLAN configuration mode. Refer to the section for more information. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN ID (1 to 4094). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set LINE (CONSOLE) INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the Line (Console) Interface Configuration mode, enter the line console 0 command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#line console 0 (config-con 0)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set accounting commands [ l l default] Use the accounting commands command to assign AAA accounting methods to lines. You must first turn AAA on for this command to become available. Syntax Description Specifies a command level (1 or 15). Applies a named accounting method to this line. default Applies the default accounting method to a line. Default Values The default for this command is off.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set authorization commands [ l l default] Use the authorization commands command to assign AAA authorization methods to lines. You must first turn AAA on for this command to become available. Syntax Description Specifies a command level (1 or 15). Applies a named authorization method to this line. default Applies the default authorization method to a line. Default Values The default for this command is off.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set databits [7 | 8] Use the databits command to set the number of databits per character for a terminal session. This value must match the configuration of your VT100 terminal or terminal emulator software. The default is 8 databits per character. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description 7 Specifies 7 data bits per character. 8 Specifies 8 data bits per character.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set flowcontrol [none | software in] Use the flowcontrol command to set flow control for the line console. Syntax Description none Specifies no flow control. software in Configures AOS to derive flow control from the attached device. Default Values By default, flow control is set to none. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set line-timeout Use the line-timeout command to specify the number of minutes a line session may remain inactive before the AOS terminates the session. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of minutes a line session may remain inactive before the AOS terminates the session. Entering a line-timeout value of 0 disables the feature.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set login Use the login command to enable security login on the line session requiring the password configured using the password command. Use the no form of this command to disable the login feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, there is no login password set for access to the unit.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set login authentication Use the login authentication command to specify the named AAA login list to use for authenticating users connecting on this line. Syntax Description Specifies the AAA login list to use for authentication. Default Values The default value is the default AAA list.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set login local-userlist Use the login local-userlist command to enable security login for the terminal session requiring the usernames and passwords configured using the username/password Global Configuration command. Use the no form of this command to disable the login local-userlist feature. All user properties assigned using the username/password command are valid when using the login local-userlist command.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set parity [even | mark | none | odd | space] Use the parity command to specify the type of parity used as error correction. This value must match the configuration of your VT100 terminal or terminal emulator software. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description even Sets the parity bit to 0 if the number of 1 bits in the data sequence is odd, or set to 1 if the number of 1 bits is even.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set password [md5] Use the password command to configure the password (with optional encryption) required on the line session when security login is enabled (using the login command). Use the no form of this command to remove a configured password. Syntax Description md5 Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) as the encryption protocol to use when displaying the enable password during show commands.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set speed Use the speed command to specify the data rate for the CONSOLE port. This setting must match your VT100 terminal emulator or emulator software. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description Specifies rate of data transfer on the interface (2400; 4800; 9600; 19,200; 38,400; 57,600; or 115,200 bps). Default Values By default, the speed is set to 9600 bps.
Command Reference Guide Line (Console) Interface Config Command Set stopbits [1 | 2] Use the stopbits command to set the number of stopbits per character for a terminal session. This value must match the configuration of your VT100 terminal or terminal emulator software. The default is 1 stopbit per character. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description 1 Specifies 1 stopbit per character. 2 Specifies 2 stopbits per character.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set LINE (SSH) INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the Line Secure Shell (SSH) Interface Configuration mode, enter the line ssh command specifying a SSH session(s) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#line ssh 0 4 (config-ssh0-4)# You can select a single line by entering the line ssh command followed by the line number (0-4).
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set access-class in Use the access-class in command to restrict Secure Shell (SSH) access using a configured access list. Received packets passed by the access list will be allowed. Use the access list configuration to deny hosts or entire networks or to permit specified IP addresses.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set accounting commands [ l l default] Use the accounting commands command to assign AAA accounting methods to lines. You must first turn AAA on for this command to become available. Syntax Description Specifies a command level (1 or 15). Applies a named accounting method to this line. default Applies the default accounting method to a line. Default Values The default for this command is off.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set authorization commands [ l l default] Use the authorization commands command to assign AAA authorization methods to lines. You must first turn AAA on for this command to become available. Syntax Description Specifies a command level (1 or 15). Applies a named authorization method to this line. default Applies the default authorization method to a line. Default Values The default for this command is off.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set line-timeout Use the line-timeout command to specify the number of minutes a line session may remain inactive before the AOS terminates the session. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of minutes a line session may remain inactive before the AOS terminates the session. Valid range: 0 to 35791. Entering a line-timeout value of 0 disables the feature.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set login Use the login command to enable security login on the line session requiring the password configured using the password command. Use the no form of this command to disable the login feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, there is no login password set for access to the unit.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set login authentication Use the login authentication command to assign the named AAA login list to use for authenticating users connecting on this line. Use the no form of the command to remove the AAA authentication list. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the AAA login list to use for authentication. Default Values The default value is the default AAA list.
Command Reference Guide Line (SSH) Interface Config Command Set login local-userlist Use the login local-userlist command to check the local list of usernames and passwords configured using the username/password Global Configuration command (see username password on page 530). Use the no form of this command to disable the login local-userlist feature. All user properties assigned using the username/password command are valid when using the login local-userlist command.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set LINE (TELNET) INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the Line (Telnet) Interface Configuration mode, enter the line telnet command specifying a Telnet session(s) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#line telnet 0 4 (config-telnet0-4)# You can select a single line by entering the line telnet command followed by the line number (0-4).
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set access-class in Use the access-class in command to restrict Telnet access using a configured access list. Received packets passed by the access list will be allowed. Use the access list configuration to deny hosts or entire networks or to permit specified IP addresses.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set accounting commands [ l l default] Use the accounting commands command to assign AAA accounting methods to lines. You must first turn AAA on for this command to become available. Syntax Description Specifies a command level (1 or 15). Applies a named accounting method to this line. default Applies the default accounting method to a line. Default Values The default for this command is off.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set authorization commands [ l l default] Use the authorization commands command to assign AAA authorization methods to lines. You must first turn AAA on for this command to become available. Syntax Description Specifies a command level (1 or 15). Applies a named authorization method to this line. default Applies the default authorization method to a line. Default Values The default for this command is off.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set line-timeout Use the line-timeout command to specify the number of minutes a line session may remain inactive before the AOS terminates the session. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of minutes a line session may remain inactive before the AOS terminates the session. Entering a line-timeout value of 0 disables the feature.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set login Use the login command to enable security login on the line session requiring the password configured using the password command. Use the no form of this command to disable the login feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, there is no login password set for access to the unit.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set login authentication Use the login authentication command to specify the named AAA login list to use for authenticating users connecting on this line. Syntax Description Specifies the AAA login list to use for authentication. Default Values The default value is the default AAA list.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set login local-userlist Use the login local-userlist command to enable security login for the terminal session requiring the usernames and passwords configured using the username/password Global Configuration command. Use the no form of this command to disable the login local-userlist feature. All user properties assigned using the username/password command are valid when using the login local-userlist command.
Command Reference Guide Line (Telnet) Interface Config Command Set password [md5] Use the password command to configure the password (with optional encryption) required on the line session when security login is enabled (using the login command). Use the no form of this command to remove a configured password. Syntax Description md5 Optional. Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) as the encryption protocol to use when displaying the enable password during show commands.
Command Reference Guide ADSL Interface Config Command Set ADSL INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the ADSL Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface adsl command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface adsl 0/1 (config-adsl 0/1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide ADSL Interface Config Command Set retrain Use the retrain command to force the modem to retrain. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide ADSL Interface Config Command Set snr-margin [showtime monitor | training monitor] Use the snr-margin command to enable monitoring and set the minimum signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) during training and showtime. Use the no form of this command to disable monitoring. Syntax Description showtime monitor Enables margin monitoring to retrain the ADSL interface if the specified minimum margin is violated during showtime.
Command Reference Guide ADSL Interface Config Command Set training-mode [G.DMT | G.LITE | Multi-Mode | T1.413] Use the training-mode command to configure the ADSL training mode. Syntax Description G.DMT Specifies ANSI full-rate mode. G.LITE Specifies ANSI splitterless mode. Multi-Mode Specifies auto detect mode. T1.413 Specifies ANSI T1.413 mode. Default Values By default, the training mode is set to Multi-Mode.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set BRI INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the BRI Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface bri command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface bri 1/2 (config-bri 1/2)# The BRI interface number in the example above is shown as bri 1/2. This number is based on the interface’s location (slot/port) and could vary depending on the unit’s configuration.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set bonding txadd-timer Use the bonding txadd-timer command to specify the value (in seconds) for the aggregate call connect timeout. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of seconds the endpoint will wait for additional channels (to add to the bonded aggregate) before considering the bonding negotiation a failure.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set bonding txcid-timer Use the bonding txcid-timer command to specify the value (in seconds) for the bearer channel (B-channel) negotiation timeout. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of seconds the endpoint allots for negotiating data rates and channel capacities before considering the bonding negotiation a failure.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set bonding txdeq-timer Use the bonding txdeq-timer command to specify the value (in seconds) for the network delay equalization timeout. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of seconds the endpoint allots for attempting to equalize the network delay between bearer channels before considering the bonding negotiation a failure.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set bonding txfa-timer Use the bonding txfa-timer command to specify the value (in seconds) for the frame pattern detection timeout. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the number of seconds the endpoint allots for attempting to detect the bonding frame pattern (when a call is connected) before considering the bonding negotiation a failure.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set bonding txinit-timer Use the bonding txinit-timer command to specify the value (in seconds) for the originating endpoint negotiation timeout. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set bonding txnull-timer Use the bonding txnull-timer command to specify the value (in seconds) for the answering endpoint negotiation timeout. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set caller-id override [always | if-no-cid ] Use the caller-id override command to configure the unit to replace caller ID information with a user-specified number. Use the no form of this command to disable any caller ID overrides. Syntax Description always Always forces replacement of the incoming caller ID number with the number given.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set isdn spid1 Use the isdn spid1 command to specify the Service Profile Identifiers (SPIDs). Use the no form of this command to remove a configured SPID. The BRI module requires all incoming calls to be directed to the Local Directory Number (LDN) associated with the SPID programmed using the isdn spid1 command. All calls to the LDN associated with SPID 2 will be rejected (unless part of a bonding call).
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set isdn spid2 Use the isdn spid2 command to specify the Service Profile Identifiers (SPIDs). Use the no form of this command to remove a configured SPID. The BRI module requires all incoming calls to be directed to the Local Directory Number (LDN) associated with the SPID programmed using the isdn spid1 command. All calls to the LDN associated with SPID 2 will be rejected (unless part of a bonding call).
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set isdn switch-type [basic-5ess | basic-dms | basic-net3 | basic-ni] Use the isdn switch-type command to specify the ISDN signaling type configured on the Basic Rate ISDN (BRI) interface. The type of ISDN signaling implemented on the BRI interface does not always match the manufacturer of the Central Office switch. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description basic-5ess Specifies Lucent/AT&T 5ESS signaling.
Command Reference Guide BRI Interface Configuration Command set resource pool-member [] Use the resource pool-member command to assign the interface to a resource pool, making it a demand routing resource. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the resource pool to which this interface is assigned. Optional. Specifies the cost of using this resource interface within the specified pool.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set DDS INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the DDS Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface dds command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface dds 1/1 (config-dds 1/1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set clock rate [auto | bps56k | bps64k] Use the clock rate command to configure the data rate used as the operating speed for the interface. This rate should match the rate required by the DDS service provider. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description auto Automatically detects the clock rate and sets to match. bps56k Sets the clock rate to 56 kbps. bps64k Sets the clock rate to 64 kbps.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set clock source [line | internal] Use the clock source command to configure the source timing used for the interface. The clock specified using the clock source command is also the system master clock. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description internal Configures the unit to provide clocking using the internal oscillator. line Configures the unit to recover clocking from the DDS circuit.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set data-coding scrambled Use the data-coding scrambled command to enable the DDS OS scrambler to combine user data with pattern data to ensure user data does not mirror standard DDS loop codes. The scrambler may only be used on 64 kbps circuits without Frame Relay signaling (clear channel). Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the scrambler is disabled.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set loopback [dte | line | remote] Use the loopback command to initiate a specified loopback on the interface. Use the no form of this command to deactivate the loop. Syntax Description dte Initiates a loop to connect the transmit and receive path through the unit. line Initiates a loop of the DDS circuit toward the network by connecting the transmit path to the receive path.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set remote-loopback Use the remote-loopback command to configure the interface to respond to loopbacks initiated by a remote unit (or the service provider). Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces respond to remote loopbacks. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide DDS Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set DSX-1 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the DSX-1 Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface t1 command (and specify the DSX-1 port) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface t1 1/2 (config-t1 1/2)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set coding [ami | b8zs] Use the coding command to configure the line coding for a DSX-1 physical interface. This setting must match the line coding supplied on the circuit by the PBX. Syntax Description ami Configures the line coding for alternate mark inversion (AMI). b8zs Configures the line coding for bipolar eight zero substitution (B8ZS). Default Values By default, all DSX-1 interfaces are configured with B8ZS line coding.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set framing [d4 | esf] Use the framing command to configure the framing format for the DSX-1 interface. This parameter should match the framing format set on the external device. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description d4 esf Specifies D4 superframe (SF) format. Specifies extended superframe (ESF) format. Default Values By default, the framing format is set to esf.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set line-length Use the line-length command to set the line build out (in feet or dB) for the DSX-1 interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the line build out for the DSX-1 interface. Valid options include: -7.5 dB or 0 to 655 feet. Use the -7.5 dB option for maximum attenuation. Default Values By default, the line build out is set to 0 feet.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback network [line | payload] Use the loopback network command to initiate a loopback on the interface toward the network. Use the no form of this command to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description line Initiates a metallic loopback of the physical DSX-1 network interface. payload Initiates a loopback of the T1 framer (CSU portion) of the DSX-1 network interface. Default Values No default necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback remote line [inband] Use the loopback remote line inband command to send a loopback code to the remote unit to initiate a line loopback. Use the no form of this command to send a loopdown code to the remote unit to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description inband Uses the inband channel to initiate a full 1.544 Mbps physical (metallic) loopback of the signal received by the remote unit from the network.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set remote-loopback Use the remote-loopback command to configure the interface to respond to loopbacks initiated by a remote unit (or the service provider). Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces respond to remote loopbacks. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set signaling-mode [message-oriented | none | robbed-bit] Use the signaling-mode command to configure the signaling type (robbed-bit for voice or clear channel for data) for the DS0s mapped to the DSX-1 port. Syntax Description message-oriented Specifies clear channel signaling on Channel 24 only. Use this signaling type with QSIG installations. none Specifies clear channel signaling on all 24 DS0s.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide DSX-1 Interface Configuration Command Set test-pattern [ones | zeros] Use the test-pattern command to activate the built-in pattern generator and begin sending the specified test pattern. This pattern generation can be used to verify a data path when used in conjunction with an active loopback. Use the no form of this command to cease pattern generation. Syntax Description ones Generates a test pattern of continous ones. zeros Generates a test pattern of continous zeros.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set E1 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the E1 Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface e1 command (and specify the E1 port) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface e1 1/1 (config-e1 1/1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set clock source [internal | line | through] Use the clock source command to configure the source timing used for the interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description internal Configures the unit to provide clocking using the internal oscillator. line Configures the unit to recover clocking from the E1 circuit. through Configures the unit to recover clocking from the circuit connected to the G.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set coding [ami | hdb3] Use the coding command to configure the line coding for the E1 physical interface. This setting must match the line coding supplied on the circuit by the service provider. Syntax Description ami Configures the line coding for alternate mark inversion (AMI). hdb3 Configures the line coding for high-density bipolar 3 (HDB3). Default Values By default, all E1 interfaces are configured with HDB3 line coding.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set framing [crc4] Use the framing command to configure the framing format for the E1 interface. This parameter should match the framing format provided by the service provider or external device. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description crc4 Enables CRC-4 bits to be transmitted in the outgoing data stream. Also, the received signal is checked for CRC-4 errors.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set loop-alarm-detect The loop-alarm-detect command enables detection of a loop alarm on the E1 interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback network [line | payload] Use the loopback network command to initiate a loopback on the interface toward the network. Use the no form of this command to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description line Initiates a metallic loopback of the physical E1 network interface. payload Initiates a loopback of the E1 framer (CSU) portion of the E1 network interface. Default Values No default necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback remote v54 The loopback remote v54 command initiates an E1 remote loopback test (with a V.54 loopback pattern). Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set remote-alarm [rai | ais] The remote-alarm command selects the alarm signaling type to be sent when a loss of frame is detected on the E1 receive signal. Use the no form of this command to disable all transmitted alarms. Syntax Description rai Specifies sending a remote alarm indication (RAI) in response to a loss of frame. Also prevents a received RAI from causing a change in interface operational status.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set remote-loopback Use the remote-loopback command to configure the interface to respond to loopbacks initiated by a remote unit (or the service provider). Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces respond to remote loopbacks. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set sa4tx-bit [0 | 1] The sa4tx-bit command selects the Tx value of Sa4 in this E1 interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value of 1. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values The default value for this command is 1. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set show test-pattern Use the show test-pattern command to display results from test patterns inserted using the test-pattern command (see test-pattern [clear | insert | ones| p215 | p220 | p511 | qrss | zeros] on page 611 for more information). Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap line-status Use the snmp trap line-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable dsx1LineStatusChangeTrapEnable (RFC2495) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap threshold-reached Use the snmp trap threshold-reached command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable adGenAOSDs1ThresholdReached (adGenAOSDs1-Ext MIB) to enable the interface to send SNMP traps when a DS1 performance counter threshold is reached. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set tdm-group timeslots <1-31> speed [56 | 64] Use the tdm-group command to create a group of contiguous channels on this interface to be used during the cross-connect process. See crypto map on page 1045 for related information. Changing tdm-group settings could result in service interruption. Syntax Description Identifies the created TDM group (valid range: 1 to 255).
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set test-pattern [clear | insert | ones| p215 | p220 | p511 | qrss | zeros] Use the test-pattern command to activate the built-in pattern generator and begin sending the specified test pattern. This pattern generation can be used to verify a data path when used in conjunction with an active loopback. Use the no form of this command to cease pattern generation. Syntax Description clear Clears the test pattern error count.
Command Reference Guide E1 Interface Configuration Command Set ts16 Use the ts16 command to enable timeslot 16 multiframe to be checked on the receive signal. Use the no form of this command to disable timeslot 16. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set ETHERNET INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET There are four types of Ethernet interfaces associated with the AOS: • • • • Basic Ethernet interfaces (e.g., eth 0/1) Gigabit Ethernet interfaces (e.g., giga-eth 0/3) Ethernet sub-interfaces associated with a VLAN (e.g., eth 0/1.1) Ethernet interface range (e.g.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set Not all Ethernet commands apply to all Ethernet types. Use the ? command to display a list of valid commands.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set mac-address
on page 629 port-auth auth-mode [mac-based | port-based] on page 630 port-auth control-direction [both | in] on page 631 port-auth multiple-hosts on page 632 port-auth port-control [auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized] on page 633 power inline [auto | legacy | never] on page 634 qos [trust cos | default-cos ] on page 635 snmp trap on page 636 snmp trap link-status on page 637 spanning-tree commanCommand Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set arp arpa Use the arp arpa command to enable address resolution protocol (ARP) on the Ethernet interface. Syntax Description arpa Sets standard address resolution protocol for this interface. Default Values The default for this command is arpa. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set bridge-group Use the bridge-group command to assign an interface to the specified bridge group. Use the no form of this command to remove the interface from the bridge group. Syntax Description Specifies the bridge group number (1 to 255). Default Values By default, there are no configured bridge groups.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set channel-group mode on Use the channel-group mode on command to add the interface to a channel-group. To remove an interface from a channel-group, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description mode on Specifies the channel-group number (1 to 6). Statically adds the interface to a channel group. Default Values By default, the interface is not part of a channel group.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes below for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set If your IP address does not change often or at all but you still want an easy name to remember it by (without having to purchase your own domain name), Static DNS service is ideal for you. If you would like to use your own domain name (such as yourname.com), you need Custom DNS service which also provides full dynamic and static IP address support.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set full-duplex Use the full-duplex command to configure the Ethernet interface for full-duplex operation. This allows the interface to send and receive simultaneously. Use the no form of this command to return to the default half-duplex operation. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all Ethernet interfaces are configured for half-duplex operation.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the Ethernet interface for full-duplex operation: (config)#interface ethernet 0/1 (config-eth 0/1)#full-duplex 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 624
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set half-duplex Use the half-duplex command to configure the Ethernet interface for half-duplex operation. This setting allows the Ethernet interface to either send or receive at any given moment, but not simultaneously. Use the no form of this command to disable half-duplex operation. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all Ethernet interfaces are configured for half-duplex operation.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures Ethernet interface 0/1 to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface eth 0/1 (config-eth 0/1)#lldp send The following example configures Ethernet interface 0/1 to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface eth 0/1 (config-eth 0/1)#lldp send-and-receive 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 628
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set mac-address
Use the mac-address command to specify the Media Access Control (MAC) address of the unit. Only the last three values of the MAC address can be modified. The first three values contain the ADTRAN reserved number (00:0A:C8) by default. Use the no form of this command to return to the default MAC address programmed by ADTRAN.Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set port-auth auth-mode [mac-based | port-based] Use the port-auth auth-mode command to configure the authentication mode. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings. Syntax Description mac-based port-based Specifies a MAC-based authentication mode. Each host must authenticate separately. Specifies a port-based authentication mode. Only a single host can participate in the authentication process.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set port-auth control-direction [both | in] Use the port-auth control direction command to configure the direction in which traffic is blocked. This command is only applicable when authentication is port-based. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings. Syntax Description both in Blocks traffic in both directions when the port becomes unauthorized. Blocks only incoming traffic when the port becomes unauthorized.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set port-auth multiple-hosts Use the port auth multiple-hosts command to allow multiple hosts to access an authorized port without going through the authentication process. This command is only applicable when authentication is port-based. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set port-auth port-control [auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized] Use the port-auth port-control command to configure the port-authorization state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings. Syntax Description auto force-authorized force-unauthorized Enables the port-authentication process. Forces the port into an authorized state. Forces the port into an unauthorized state.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set power inline [auto | legacy | never] Use the power inline command to detect attached Powered Devices (PDs) and deliver 48 VDC, compliant with the IEEE 802.3af power-over-Ethernet standard, to the PD via existing CAT5 cabling. To disable power detection and supply, use the power inline never command. Syntax Description auto legacy never Enables power detection and supply to PDs. Enables power detection and supply of legacy non-IEEE 802.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set qos [trust cos | default-cos ] Use the qos (quality of service) command to set the interface to the trusted state and to set the default cost of service (CoS) value. To return to defaults, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description trust cos Sets the interface to the trusted state. default-cos Sets the default CoS value for untrusted ports and all untagged packets (0 to 7).
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the SNMP variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable OID is enabled for all interfaces except virtual Frame Relay interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree bpdufilter [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter command to enable or disable the BPDU filter on a specific interface. This setting overrides the related Global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport bpdufilter default on page 516). Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description enable Enables BPDU filter for this interface.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree bpduguard [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpduguard command to enable or disable the BPDU guard on a specific interface. This setting overrides the related global setting (refer to spanning-tree forward-time on page 519). Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description enable disable Enables BPDU guard for this interface. Disables BPDU guard for this interface.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree cost Use the spanning-tree cost command to assign a cost to the interface. The cost value is used when computing the spanning-tree root path. Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Specifies a cost value of 1 to 200,000,000. Default Values By default, the cost value is set to 1000/(link speed in Mbps).
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree edgeport Use the spanning-tree edgeport command to configure the interface to be an edgeport. This command overrides the related Global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport default on page 518). Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this setting is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree link-type [auto | point-to-point | shared] Use the spanning-tree link-type command to configure the spanning tree protocol link type for each interface. Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description auto point-to-point shared Determines link type by the port’s duplex settings. Manually sets link type to point-to-point, regardless of duplex settings.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree pathcost method [short | long] Use the spanning-tree pathcost command to select a short or long method used by the spanning-tree protocol. Syntax Description short long Specifies 16-bit values when calculating pathcosts. Specifies 32-bit values when calculating pathcosts. Default Values By default, spanning-tree pathcost is set to short.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set spanning-tree port-priority Use the spanning-tree port-priority command to select the priority level of this interface. To return to the default setting, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies a value from 0 to 255. Default Values By default, this set to 128.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set speed [10 | 100 | auto | nonegotiate] Use the speed command to configure the speed of an Ethernet interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description 10 Specifies 10 Mbps Ethernet. 100 Specifies 100 Mbps Ethernet. auto Automatically detects 10 or 100 Mbps Ethernet and negotiates the duplex setting. nonegotiate Disables auto negotiation and forces the speed to 1 Gbps.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set storm-control [broadcast level | multicast level | unicast level] ] Use the storm-control command to configure limits on the rates of broadcast, multicast, and unicast traffic on a port. To disable storm-control, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description broadcast level Sets levels for broadcast traffic. multicast level Sets levels for multicast traffic.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the rising suppression level to 85 percent for multicast packets: (config)#interface eth 0/1 (config-eth 0/1)#storm-control multicast level 85 The following example sets the rising suppression level to 80 percent for broadcast packets, with a falling level of 50 percent: (config)#interface eth 0/1 (config-eth 0/1)#storm-control broadcast level 80 50 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 647
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set storm-control action [shutdown] Use the storm-control action command to select the action taken when a storm occurs. To disable the option, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description shutdown Shuts down the interface during a storm. Default Values By default, this command is disabled; the interface will only filter traffic. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport access vlan Use the switchport access vlan command to set the port to be a member of the VLAN when in access mode. To reset the port to be a member of the default VLAN, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Default Values By default, this is set to VLAN 1 (the default VLAN).
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport gvrp Use the switchport gvrp command to enable or disable GVRP on an interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, GVRP is disabled on all ports. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes Enabling GVRP on any interface enables GVRP globally.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport mode [access | stack | trunk] Use the switchport mode command to configure the VLAN membership mode. To reset membership mode to the default value, use the no version of this command. The stack selection does not apply to the NetVanta 300 Series units. Syntax Description access Sets port to be a single (non-trunked) port that transmits and receives no tagged packets.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport protected Use the switchport protected command to prevent the port from transmitting traffic to all other protected ports. A protected port can only send traffic to unprotected ports. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values This command is disabled by default. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000 and 1000R Series units.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport port-security Use the switchport port-security command to enable port security functionality on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values This command is disabled by default. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport port-security aging [static | time
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport port-security expire [time
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport port-security mac-address Use the switchport port-security mac-address command to add a static secure MAC address or sticky secure MAC address associated with the interface and to enable sticky address learning.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport port-security maximum Use the switchport port-security maximum command to configure the maximum number of secure MAC addresses associated with the interface. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum number of secure MAC addresses to be associated with the interface. Range: 1 to 132. Default Values The default value for this command is 1.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport port-security violation [protect l restrict l shutdown] Use the switchport port-security violation command to configure the action to be taken once a security violation is encountered. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport trunk allowed vlan [add | all | none | except | remove] [all] Use the switchport trunk allowed vlan command to allow certain VLANs to transmit and receive traffic on this port when the interface is in trunking mode. To return to defaults, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description add Adds the specified VLAN IDs to the VLAN trunking allowed list.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport trunk fixed vlan [add l all l except l none l remove] Use the switchport trunk fixed vlan command to change the configured list of VLANs that remain fixed in use only when GVRP is enabled on the interface. Of these VLANs, VLANs statically created will be available for use on the interface. Syntax Description add Adds VLANs to the VLAN GVRP trunking fixed list.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example changes the configured list of fixed VLANs by adding VLAN 50 to the list.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set switchport trunk native vlan Use the switchport trunk native vlan command to set the VLAN native to the interface when the interface is in trunking mode. To return to defaults, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Default Values By default, this is set to VLAN 1.
Command Reference Guide Ethernet Interface Configuration Command Set traffic-shape rate Use the traffic-shape rate command to specify and enforce an output bandwidth for Ethernet and VLAN interfaces. Syntax Description Specifies the rate (in bits per second) at which the interface should be shaped. Optional. Specifies the allowed burst in bytes. By default, this is specified to the rate divided by 5 to represent the number of bytes that would flow within 200 ms.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set G.703 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the G.703 Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface e1 command (and specify the G.703 port) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface e1 1/2 (config-e1 1/2)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set coding [ami | hdb3] Use the coding command to configure the line coding for the G.703 physical interface. This setting must match the line coding supplied on the circuit by the PBX. Syntax Description ami Configures the line coding for alternate mark inversion (AMI). hdb3 Configures the line coding for high-density bipolar 3 (HDB3). Default Values By default, all E1 interfaces are configured with HDB3 line coding.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set framing [crc4] Use the framing command to configure the framing format for the G.703 interface. This parameter should match the framing format set on the external device. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description crc4 Enables CRC4 bits to be transmitted in the outgoing data stream. Also, the received signal is checked for CRC4 errors. Default Values By default, CRC4 is enabled.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set loopback network [line | payload] Use the loopback network command to initiate a loopback on the interface toward the network. Use the no form of this command to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description line Initiates a metallic loopback of the physical E1 network interface. payload Initiates a loopback of the E1 framer (CSU portion) of the E1 network interface. Default Values No default necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set test-pattern [ones | zeros] Use the test-pattern command to activate the built-in pattern generator and begin sending the specified test pattern. This pattern generation can be used to verify a data path when used in conjunction with an active loopback. Use the no form of this command to cease pattern generation. Syntax Description ones Generates a test pattern of continous ones. zeros Generates a test pattern of continous zeros.
Command Reference Guide G.703 Interface Configuration Command set ts16 Use the ts16 command to enable timeslot 16 multiframe to be checked on the receive signal. Use the no form of this command to disable timeslot 16. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Modem Interface Configuration Command Set MODEM INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Modem Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface modem command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface modem 1/2 (config-modem 1/2)# The modem interface number in the example above is shown as modem 1/2.
Command Reference Guide Modem Interface Configuration Command Set caller-id override [always | if-no-cid ] Use the caller-id override command to configure the unit to replace caller ID information with a user-specified number. Use the no form of this command to disable any caller ID overrides. Syntax Description always Always forces replacement of the incoming caller ID number with the number given.
Command Reference Guide Modem Interface Configuration Command Set dialin Use the dialin command to enable the modem for remote console dial-in, disabling the use of the modem for dial-backup. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, dialin is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Modem Interface Configuration Command Set init-string Use the init-string command to specify an initialization string for the modem using standard AT commands. Use the no form of this command to return to the default initialization string. Syntax Description Specifies an initialization string using standard AT commands. This string must start with AT and cannot contain spaces.
Command Reference Guide Modem Interface Configuration Command Set resource pool-member [] Use the resource pool-member command to assign the interface to a resource pool, making it a demand routing resource. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the resource pool to which this interface is assigned. Optional. Specifies the cost of using this resource interface within the specified pool.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set SERIAL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Serial Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface serial command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface serial 1/1 (config-ser 1/1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set et-clock-source [rxclock | txclock] Use the et-clock-source command to configure the clock source used when creating the external transmit reference clock (et-clock). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description rxclock Uses the clock recovered from the receive signal to generate et-clock. txclock Uses the clock recovered from the transmit signal to generate et-clock.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set ignore dcd Use the ignore dcd command to specify the behavior of the serial interface when the Data Carrier Detect (DCD) signal is lost. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the serial interface does not ignore a change in status of the DCD signal.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set invert etclock Use the invert etclock command to configure the serial interface to invert the external transmit reference clock (et-clock) in the data stream before transmitting. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the serial interface does not invert et-clock.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set invert rxclock Use the invert rxclock command to configure the serial interface to expect an inverted receive clock (found in the received data stream). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the serial interface does not expect an inverted receive clock (rxclock).
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set invert txclock Use the invert txclock command to configure the serial interface to invert the transmit clock (found in the transmitted data stream) before sending the signal. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the serial interface does not invert transmit clock (txclock).
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set serial-mode [eia530 | v35 | x21] Use the serial-mode command to specify the electrical mode for the interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description eia530 Configures the interface for use with the EIA 530 adapter cable (P/N 1200883L1). v35 Configures the interface for use with the V.35 adapter cable (P/N 1200873L1). x21 Configures the interface for use with the X.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide Serial Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set SHDSL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the SHDSL Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface shdsl command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config#)interface shdsl 1/1 (config-shdsl 1/1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set alarm-threshold [loop-attenuation | snr-margin] Use the alarm-threshold command to set thresholds for specific alarm conditions. Use the no form of this command to disable threshold settings. Syntax Description loop-attenuation Specifies a loop-attenuation threshold value from 1 to 127 dB. If signal energy loss on the loop exceeds the configured value, the router issues an alarm.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set boot alternate-image Use the boot alternate-image command to execute new code after a firmware upgrade. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set equipment-type [co | cpe] Use the equipment-type command to determine the operating mode for the SHDSL interface. Syntax Description co Use this option only in a campus environment when operating two SHDSL network interface modules (NIMs) back-to-back. In this setup, configure the master NIM to CO and the slave NIM to CPE.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set inband-detection Use the inband-detection command to enable inband loopback pattern detection on the SHDSL interface. Use the no form of this command to disable inband-detection. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 4.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set inband-protocol [pn127 | v54] Use the inband-protocol command to designate the inband loopback pattern to send/detect on the SHDSL interface. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax Description pn127 Selects PN127 as the inband loopback pattern to send/detect. v54 Selects V.54 as the inband loopback pattern to send/detect. Default Values By default, the inband-protocol is set to v54.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set linerate Use the linerate command to define the line rate for the SHDSL interface (the value includes 8 kbps of framing overhead). This command is functional only in CO operating mode (see the section equipment-type [co | cpe] on page 688). The first two selections listed in the CLI (72 and 136 kbps) are not supported by the SHDSL NIM (1200867L1). Syntax Description Specifies the line rate in kbps.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set loopback network Use the loopback network command to initiate a loopback test on the SHDSL interface, looping the data toward the network. Use the no form of this command to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set loopback remote Use the loopback remote command to send a loopback request to the remote unit. This command is functional only in CO operating mode (see the section equipment-type [co | cpe] on page 688). Use the no form of this command to send a loopdown code to the remote unit to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set loopback remote inband Use the loopback remote inband command to inject the selected inband loop-up pattern into the data stream to cause a loopback at the far end. Use the no form of this command to inject a loop-down pattern into the data stream to cause an existing inband loopback at the far end to cease. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set outage-retrain Use the outage-retrain command to cause the SHDSL interface to force the SHDSL retrain sequence (which takes the line down temporarily) if the interface detects more than ten consecutive errored seconds. A retrain is forced in hopes that the newly retrained line will achieve better performance than the previous training state. Use the no version of the command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide SHDSL Interface Configuration Command Set test-pattern [clear | insert | 2^15 | show] Use the test-pattern command to activate the built-in pattern generator and begin sending the selected test pattern toward the network. This pattern generation can be used to verify a data path when used in conjunction with an active loopback. Use the no form of this command to cease pattern generation. Syntax Description clear Clears the test pattern error count.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set T1 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the T1 Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface t1 command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface t1 1/1 (config-t1 1/1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set clock source [internal | line | through | through ] Use the clock source command to configure the source timing used for the interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description internal Configures the unit to provide clocking using the internal oscillator. line Configures the unit to recover clocking from the T1 circuit.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set coding [ami | b8zs] Use the coding command to configure the line coding for a T1 physical interface. This setting must match the line coding supplied on the circuit by the service provider. Syntax Description ami b8zs Configures the line coding for alternate mark inversion (AMI). Configures the line coding for bipolar eight zero substitution (B8ZS). Default Values By default, all T1 interfaces are configured with B8ZS line coding.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set fdl [ansi | att | none] Use the fdl command to configure the format for the facility data link (FDL) channel on the T1 circuit. FDL channels are only available on point-to-point circuits. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description ansi Configures the FDL for ANSI T1.403 standard. att Configures the FDL for AT&T TR 54016 standard. none Disables FDL on this circuit.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set framing [d4 | esf] Use the framing command to configure the framing format for the T1 interface. This parameter should match the framing format supplied by your network provider. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description d4 esf Specifies D4 superframe (SF) format. Specifies extended superframe (ESF) format. Default Values By default, the framing format is set to esf.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set lbo [long <-22.5, -15, -7.5, 0> | short <0-655>] Use the lbo command to configure the line build out (LBO) for the T1 interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description long <-22.5, -15, -7.5, 0> Configures the LBO (in dB) for T1 interfaces with cable lengths greater than 655 feet. Choices are -22.5, -15, -7.5, and 0 dB.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback network [line | payload] Use the loopback network command to initiate a loopback on the interface toward the network. Use the no form of this command to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description line Initiates a metallic loopback of the physical T1 network interface. payload Initiates a loopback of the T1 framer (CSU portion) of the T1 network interface. Default Values No default necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback remote line [fdl | inband] Use the loopback remote line command to send a loopback code to the remote unit to initiate a line loopback. Use the no form of this command to send a loopdown code to the remote unit to deactivate the loopback. Syntax Description fdl Uses the facility data link (FDL) to initiate a full 1.544 Mbps physical (metallic) loopback of the signal received by the remote unit from the network.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set loopback remote payload Use the loopback remote payload command to send a loopback code to the remote unit to initiate a payload loopback. A payload loopback is a 1.536 Mbps loopback of the payload data received from the network maintaining bit-sequence integrity for the information bits by synchronizing (regenerating) the timing. Use the no form of this command to send a loopdown code to the remote unit to deactivate the loopback.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set remote-alarm [rai] The remote-alarm command selects the alarm signaling type to be sent when a loss of frame is detected on the T1 receive signal. Use the no form of this command to disable all transmitted alarms. Syntax Description rai Specifies sending a remote alarm indication (RAI) in response to a loss of frame. Also prevents a received RAI from causing a change in interface operational status.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set remote-loopback Use the remote-loopback command to configure the interface to respond to loopbacks initiated by a remote unit (or the service provider). Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces respond to remote loopbacks. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set show test-pattern Use the show test-pattern command to display results from test patterns inserted using the test-pattern command (refer to test-pattern [clear | insert | ones | p215 | p220 | p511 | qrss | zeros] on page 713 for more information). Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap line-status Use the snmp trap line-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable dsx1LineStatusChangeTrapEnable (RFC2495) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap threshold-reached Use the snmp trap threshold-reached command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable adGenAOSDs1ThresholdReached (adGenAOSDs1-Ext MIB) to enable the interface to send SNMP traps when a DS1 performance counter threshold is reached. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set tdm-group timeslots <1-24> speed [56 | 64] Use the tdm-group command to create a group of contiguous DS0s on this interface to be used during the cross-connect process. Refer to crypto map on page 1045 for related information. Changing tdm-group settings could result in service interruption. Syntax Description Identifies the created TDM group (valid range: 1 to 255).
Command Reference Guide T1 Interface Configuration Command Set test-pattern [clear | insert | ones | p215 | p220 | p511 | qrss | zeros] Use the test-pattern command to activate the built-in pattern generator and begin sending the specified test pattern. This pattern generation can be used to verify a data path when used in conjunction with an active loopback. Use the no form of this command to cease pattern generation. Syntax Description clear Clears the test pattern error count.
Command Reference Guide ATM Interface Config Command Set ATM INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the ATM Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface atm command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface atm 1 (config-atm 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide ATM Interface Config Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced. Release 3.
Command Reference Guide ATM Interface Config Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ATM SUB-INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the ATM Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface atm command (and specify a sub-interface) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic on an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access list with the ATM 1.1 interface: (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set atm routed-bridged ip Use the atm routed-bridged ip command to enable IP routed bridge encapsulation (RBE) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable RBE operation. Syntax Description> No subcommands. Default Values By default, routed bridge encapsulation is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies bandwidth in kbps. Default Values To view default values use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set bridge-group Use the bridge-group command to assign an interface to the specified bridge group. Use the no form of this command to remove the interface from the bridge group. Syntax Description Assigns a bridge group number to the interface (range is 1 to 255). Default Values By default, there are no configured bridge groups. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup auto-backup Use the dial-backup auto-backup command to configure the sub-interface to automatically attempt a dial-backup upon failure. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all backup endpoints will automatically attempt dial-backup upon a failure. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup auto-restore Use the dial-backup auto-restore command to configure the sub-interface to automatically discontinue dial backup when all network conditions are operational. Use the no form of this command to disable the auto-restore feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all backup endpoints will automatically restore the primary connection when the failure condition clears.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup backup-delay Use the dial-backup backup-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the failure condition is recognized before attempting to backup the link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] Use the dial-backup call-mode command to combine user data with pattern data to ensure data does not mirror standard DDS loop codes (use only on 64 kbps circuits without Frame Relay signaling). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set interface t1 1/1 coding b8zs framing esf clock source line tdm-group 1 timeslots 1-24 no shutdown ! interface fr 1 point-to-point frame-relay lmi-type ansi no shutdown cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 fr 1 ! interface fr 1.16 point-to-point frame-relay interface-dlci 16 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode originate dial-backup number 5551111 analog dial-backup number 5552222 analog ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-type ansi no shutdown cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 fr 1 ! interface fr 1.100 point-to-point frame-relay interface-dlci 100 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode answer dial-backup number 555-8888 analog ! line telnet 0 4 password adtran Usage Examples The following example configures the AOS to answer dial-backup calls on this endpoint but never generate calls: (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup connect-timeout Use the dial-backup connect-timeout command to specify the number of seconds to wait for a connection after a call is attempted before trying to call again or dialing a different number. It is recommended this number be greater than 60. Syntax Description Specifies the amount of time (in seconds) that the router will wait for a connection before attempting another call (valid range: 10 to 300).
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup force [backup | primary] Use the dial-backup force command to manually override the automatic dial-backup feature. This can be used to force a link into backup to allow maintenance to be performed on the primary link without disrupting data. Use the no form of this command to return to the normal dial-backup operation state. Syntax Description backup Forces backup regardless of primary link state.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup maximum-retry Use the dial-backup maximum-retry command to select the number of calls the router will make when attempting to backup a link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default state. Syntax Description Selects the number of call retries that will be made after a sub-link failure (valid range: 0 to 15).
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup number [analog | digital-56k | digital 64k] Use the dial-backup number command to configure the phone number and the call type the router will dial upon network failure. Multiple entries can be made for a sub-interface to allow alternate sites to be dialed.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup priority Use the dial-backup priority command to select the backup priority for this interface. This allows the user to establish the highest priority backup link and ensure that link will override backups attempted by lower priority links. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the relative priority to this link (valid range: 0 to 100).
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup randomize-timers Use the dial-backup randomize-timers command to randomize the call timers to minimize potential contention for resources. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the AOS does not randomize the dial-backup call timers. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup redial-delay Use the dial-backup redial-delay command to configure the delay after an unsuccessful call until the call will be re-tried. Syntax Description Specifies the delay (in seconds) between attempting to redial a failed backup attempt (valid range: 10 to 3600). Default Values By default, the dial-backup redial-delay period is set to 10 seconds.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup restore-delay Use the dial-backup restore-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the network is restored before disconnecting the backup link and reverting to the primary. This setting is used to prevent disconnecting the backup link if the primary link is “bouncing” in and out of alarm.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup schedule [day | enable-time | disable-time] Use the dial-backup schedule command to set the time of day that backup will be enabled. Use this command if backup is desired only during normal business hours and on specific days of the week. Use the no form of this command to disable dial-backup (as specified). Syntax Description day enable-time disable-time Sets the days to allow backup (valid Monday through Sunday).
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup shutdown Use the dial-backup shutdown command to deactivate all dial-backup functionality in the unit. Dial-backup configuration parameters are kept intact, but the unit will not initiate (or respond) to dial-backup sequences in the event of a network outage. Use the no form of this command to reactivate the dial-backup interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all AOS interfaces are disabled.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes, below, for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set If your IP address doesn't change often or at all, but you still want an easy name to remember it by (without having to purchase your own domain name) Static DNS service is ideal for you. If you would like to use your own domain name (such as yourname.com) you need Custom DNS service which also provides full dynamic and static IP address support.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set encapsulation [aal5mux | aal5snap] Use the encapsulation command to configure the encapsulation type for the ATM Adaption Layer (AAL) of the ATM Protocol Reference Model. Variations of this command include the following: encapsulation aal5mux [ip | ppp] encapsulation aal5snap Syntax Description aal5mux Specifies encapsulation type for multiplexed virtual circuits. A protocol must be specified.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set fair-queue Use the fair-queue command to enable weighted fair queuing (WFQ) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable WFQ and enable first-in-first-out (FIFO) queueing for an interface. WFQ is enabled by default for WAN interfaces. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the maximum number of packets that can be present in each conversation sub-queue.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set hold-queue out Use the hold-queue out command to change the overall size of an interface's WAN output queue. Syntax Description Specifies the total number of packets the output queue can contain before packets are dropped. Range: 16 to 1000. Default Values The default queue size for WFQ is 400. The default queue size for PPP FIFO and Frame Relay round-robin is 200.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description Specifies the assigned IP access list name. in Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip address dhcp Use the ip address dhcp command to use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to obtain an address on the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address (using DHCP) and disable DHCP operation on the interface. ip address dhcp [client-id [ | ] hostname <“string”> ] Syntax Description client-id Optional.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set INTERFACE SPECIFIC INFO is only used for Frame Relay interfaces and can be determined using the following: FR_PORT#: Q.922 ADDRESS Where the FR_PORT# specifies the label assigned to the virtual Frame Relay interface using four hexadecimal bytes. For example, a virtual Frame Relay interface labeled 1 would have a FR_PORT# of 00:00:00:01. The Q.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Functional Notes DHCP allows interfaces to acquire a dynamically assigned IP address from a configured DHCP server on the network. Many Internet Service Providers (ISPs) require the use of DHCP when connecting to their services. Using DHCP reduces the number of dedicated IP addresses the ISP must obtain. Consult your ISP to determine the proper values for the client-id and hostname fields.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the optional secondary keyword to define a secondary IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101).Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip dhcp [release | renew] Use the ip dhcp command to release or renew the DHCP IP address. This command is only applicable when using DHCP for IP address assignment. Syntax Description release Releases DHCP IP address. renew Renews DHCP IP address. Default Values No default values required for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 3.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets. See ip forward-protocol udp on page 425 for more information.Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave Specifies that if only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Command History Release 7.1 Release 8.1 Command was introduced. ATM sub-interface was added. Usage Examples The following example sets the query message interval on the interface to 200 milliseconds: (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface and place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 7.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units. Command History Release 7.1 Release 8.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Assigns a simple text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Usage Example The following example sets the maximum number of seconds allowed between hello packets to 25,000: (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest Optional. Specifies message-digest authentication type. null Optional. Specifies that no authentication be used. Default Values By default, this is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast Sets the network type for broadcast. point-to-point Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. Default Values By default, proxy ARP is enabled.Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 Accepts only received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. 2 Accepts only received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip route-cache
Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface (in the format type slot/port) that contains the IP address to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth Use the max-reserved-bandwidth command to define the maximum amount of interface bandwidth reserved for Quality of Service (QoS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth to reserve for QoS. This setting is configured as a percentage of the total interface speed. Range: 1 to 100 percent.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set oam retry Use the oam retry command to configure parameters related to Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) management for an ATM interface. Use the no form of this command to disable OAM management parameters. Syntax Description> Specifies the number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that must be received in order to change a PVC connection state to up.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set oam-pvc managed Use the oam-pvc managed command to enable end-to-end F5 Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) loopback cell generation and OAM management for an ATM interface. Use the no form of this command to disable generation of OAM loopback cells. Syntax Description> Specifies the time delay between transmitting OAM loopback cells. The range is from 0 to 600 seconds.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set pvc Use the pvc command to select the ATM virtual link for this sub-interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the link. Syntax Description> Specifies the ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) for this PVC and the ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) for this PVC. The VPI value range is 0 to 255, and the VCI value range is 32 to 65,535. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set qos-policy out Use the qos-policy out command to apply a previously-configured QoS map to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the map from the interface. The keyword out specifies that this policy will be applied to outgoing packets. Syntax Description Specifies the name of a previously-created QoS map (refer to qos map on page 488 for more information).
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example applies the QoS map VOICEMAP to the ATM sub-interface 1.1: (config)#interface atm 1.1 (config-atm 1.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree bpdufilter [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter command to block BPDUs from being transmitted and received on this interface. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description enable Enables the BPDU filter. disable Disables the BPDU filter. Default Values By default, this command is set to disable.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree bpduguard [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpduguard command to block BPDUs from being received on this interface. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description enable Enables the BPDU block. disable Disables the BPDU block. Default Values By default, this command is set to disable. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, and 4000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree edgeport Use the spanning-tree edgeport command to set this interface to be an edgeport. This command overrides the Global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport default on page 518). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is set to disable.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree link-type [auto | point-to-point | shared] Use the spanning-tree link-type command to configure the spanning-tree protocol link type for an interface. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description auto Determines link type by the port’s duplex settings. point-to-point Manually sets link type to point-to-point, regardless of duplex settings.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree path-cost Use the spanning tree path-cost command to assign a cost to a bridge group that is used when computing the spanning-tree root path. To return to the default path-cost value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description Assigns number to the bridge interface to be used as the path cost in spanning calculations (valid range: 0 to 65,535). Default Values By default, the path-cost value is set to 19.
Command Reference Guide ATM Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree port-priority Use the spanning-tree port-priority command to select the priority level of a port associated with a bridge. To return to the default bridge-group priority value, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Assigns a priority value for the bridge group; the lower the value, the higher the priority (valid range: 0 to 255).
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set DEMAND INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Demand Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface demand command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: #configure terminal (config)#interface demand 1 (config-demand 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set fair-queue on page 801 fast-idle on page 802 hold-queue out on page 803 idle-timeout on page 804 ip commands begin on page 805 keepalive on page 824 lldp receive on page 825 lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] on page 826 match-interesting [list | reverse list ] [in | out] on page
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access list with the demand virtual interface (labeled 1): (config)#interface demand 1 (config-demand 1)#access-policy UnTrusted Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies the bandwidth value in kbps. Default Values To view default values, use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set called-number Use the called-number command to link calls to specific interfaces based on their dialed number identification service (DNIS) numbers. Multiple called numbers may be specified for an interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Identifies the called number to be linked to an interface. The DNIS number is limited to 20 digits.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set caller-number Use the caller-number command to link calls to specific interfaces based on it’s caller ID (CLID) number. Multiple caller ID numbers may be specified, allowing the interface to accept calls from different remote resources. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Identifies the caller’s number to be linked to an interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set connect-mode [answer | originate | either] Use the connect-mode command to configure the interface to only answer calls, only originate calls, or to both answer and originate calls. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description answer Specifies the interface may be used to answer calls but not originate calls. originate Specifies the interface may be used to originate calls but not answer calls.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set connect-order [last-successful | round-robin | sequential] Use the connect-order command to specify the starting point in the connection sequence for each sequence activation. The connection sequence is a circular list. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set connect-sequence Use the connect-sequence command to provide instructions to the interface on how to use the resource pool and telephone numbers to connect to demand destinations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example instructs demand interface 1 to place the call using ISDN 64k: (config)#interface demand 1 (config-demand 1)#connect-sequence 65 dial-string 2565559911 forced-isdn-64k 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 793
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set connect-sequence attempts Use the connect-sequence attempts command to limit the number of times the connect sequence will cycle when its entries are unable to establish a connection. When the maximum number of attempts are exhausted, the interface will go into recovery mode. Refer to connect-sequence interface-recovery [retry-interval | max-retries ] on page 795 for more information.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set connect-sequence interface-recovery [retry-interval | max-retries ] Use the connect-sequence interface-recovery command to allow the interface to go down in the event that the connect-sequence attempts value is exhausted. Refer to connect-sequence attempts on page 794 for more information. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description retry-interval Optional.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set demand-hold-queue timeout Use the demand-hold-queue timeout command to set the number and length of time interesting packets will be held while a connection is being made. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies the number of packets that may be stored in the hold queue. Range is 0 to 100.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes, below, for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set dyndns-static - The Static DNS service is similar to Dynamic DNS service, in that it allows a hostname such as yourname.dyndns.org to point to your IP address. Unlike a Dynamic DNS host, a Static DNS host does not expire after 35 days without updates, but updates take longer to propagate though the DNS system. This service is provided for up to five hostnames.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set fair-queue Use the fair-queue command to enable weighted fair queuing (WFQ) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable WFQ and enable FIFO queueing for an interface. WFQ is enabled by default for WAN interfaces. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the maximum number of packets that can be present in each conversation sub-queue.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set fast-idle Use the fast-idle command to set the amount of time the demand interface connection will remain active in the absence of interesting traffic when there is contention for the demand resources being used by this interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies the number of seconds the interface will remain up in the absence of interesting traffic.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set hold-queue out Use the hold-queue out command to change the overall size of an interface's WAN output queue. Syntax Description Specifies the total number of packets the output queue can contain before packets are dropped. Range is 16 to 1000. Default Values The default queue size for WFQ is 400. The default queue size for PPP FIFO and Frame Relay round-robin is 200.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set idle-timeout Use the idle-timeout command to set the amount of time the interface link/bundle will remain up in the absence of interesting traffic. Interesting traffic and direction logic are set using the match-interesting commands. Refer to match-interesting [list | reverse list ] [in | out] on page 828 for more information. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description Indicates the assigned IP access list name. in Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip address negotiated [no-default] Use the ip address negotiated command to allow the interface to negotiate (i.e., be assigned) an IP address from the far end PPP connection. Use the no form of this command to disable the negotiation for an IP address Syntax Description no-default Optional. Prevents the insertion of a default route.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the optional keyword secondary to define a secondary IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101).Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface demand 1 (config-demand 1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave If only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Command History Release 7.1 Release 11.1 Command was introduced. Command expanded to include the demand interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface and place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced. Release 11.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 7.1 Release 11.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Assigns a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest null Optional. Selects message-digest authentication type. Optional. Specifies that no authentication be used. Default Values By default, ip ospf authentication is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast Sets the network type for broadcast. point-to-point Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip policy route-map Use the ip policy route-map command to associate a route map with a network interface source. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Specifies the route map to associate with this interface. Default Values By default, policy-based routing is disabled for all interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example, 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address.Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Accepts only received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Accepts only received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 Transmits only RIP version 1 packets on the interface. 2 Transmits only RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip route-cache Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface (in the format type slot/port) that contains the IP address to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set keepalive Use the keepalive command to enable the transmission of keepalive packets on the interface and specify the time interval in seconds between transmitted packets. Syntax Description Defines the time interval (in seconds) between transmitted keepalive packets (valid range: 0 to 32,767 seconds). Default Values By default, the time interval between transmitted keepalive packets is 10 seconds.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Release 11.1 Command was introduced. Command expanded to include the demand interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the demand interface to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface demand 1 (config-demand 1)#lldp send The following example configures the demand interface to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface demand 1 (config-demand 1)#lldp send and-receive 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 827
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set match-interesting [list | reverse list ] [in | out] Use the match-interesting command to allow an access list (ACL) to specify which traffic attempting to cross this interface will be considered interesting. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description list Specifies using an ACL with normal (source, destination) ACL matching logic.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set peer default ip address
Use the peer default ip address command to specify the default IP address of the remote end of this interface. Syntax Description Specifies the default IP address for the remote end (A.B.C.D). Default Values By default, there is no assigned peer default IP address. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 3.Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ppp authentication [chap | eap | pap] Use the ppp authentication command to specify the authentication protocol on the PPP virtual interface that the peer should use to authenticate itself. Syntax Description chap eap pap Configures CHAP authentication on the interface. Configures EAP authentication on the interface. Configures PAP authentication on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set The PPP username and password database is separate and distinct from the global username password database. For PAP and CHAP, use the database under the PPP interface configuration. Several example scenarios are given below for clarity. Configuring PAP Example 1: Only the local router requires the peer to authenticate itself.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set The PPP username and password database is separate and distinct from the global username password database. For PAP and CHAP, use the database under the PPP interface configuration. Several example scenarios are given below for clarity. Configuring CHAP Example 1: Only the local router requires the peer to authenticate itself.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set Configuring CHAP Example 4: Using the ppp chap password command as an alternate solution. On the local router (hostname Local): Local(config-demand 1)#ppp authentication chap Local(config-demand 1)#username Peer password different On the peer (hostname Peer): Peer(config-demand 1)#username Local password same Peer(config-demand 1)#ppp chap password different Here the local router challenges with hostname "Local.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ppp chap hostname Use the ppp chap hostname command to configure an alternate hostname for CHAP PPP authentication. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured hostname. For more information on PAP and CHAP functionality, refer to the Technology Review section for the command ppp authentication [chap | eap | pap] on page 831.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ppp chap password Use the ppp chap password command to configure an alternate password when the peer requires CHAP PPP authentication. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured password. For more information on PAP and CHAP functionality, refer to the Technology Review section for the command ppp authentication [chap | eap | pap] on page 831.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ppp multilink [fragmentation | interleave] Use the ppp multilink command to enable multilink PPP (MPPP) operation on an existing PPP interface. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description fragmentation Enables multilink fragmentation operation. interleave Enables multilink interleave operation. Default Values By default, MPPP is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set ppp pap sent-username password Use the ppp pap sent-username/password command to configure a username and password when the peer requires PAP PPP authentication. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured password. For more information on PAP and CHAP functionality, refer to the Technology Review section for the command ppp authentication [chap | eap | pap] on page 831.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set qos-policy out Use the qos-policy out command to apply a previously-configured QoS map to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the map from the interface. The keyword out specifies that this policy will be applied to outgoing packets. Syntax Description Specifies the name of a previously-created QoS map (refer to qos map on page 488 for more information).
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set resource pool Use the resource pool command to associate a resource pool with the demand interface. No more than one resource pool may be associated with an interface. Refer to resource pool-member [] on page 577 for more information. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Demand Interface Configuration Command Set username password Configures the username and password of the peer to use for demand authentication. Syntax Description Specifies a username by alphanumerical string up to 30 characters in length (the username is case-sensitive). Specifies a password by alphanumerical string up to 30 characters in length (the password is case-sensitive).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set FRAME RELAY INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the Frame Relay Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface frame-relay command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface frame-relay 1 (config-fr 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies bandwidth in kbps. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set encapsulation frame-relay ietf Use the encapsulation frame-relay ietf command to configure the encapsulation on a virtual Frame Relay interface as IETF (RFC1490). Currently, this is the only encapsulation setting. Settings for this option must match the far-end router’s settings in order for the Frame Relay interface to become active. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set fair-queue Use the fair-queue command to enable weighted fair queuing (WFQ) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable WFQ and enable first-in-first-out (FIFO) queueing for an interface. WFQ is enabled by default for WAN interfaces. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the maximum number of packets that can be present in each conversation sub-queue.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay intf-type [dce | dte | nni] Use the frame-relay intf-type command to define the Frame Relay signaling role needed for the endpoint. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description dce Specifies DCE or network-signaling role. Use this interface type when you need the unit to emulate the frame switch. dte Specifies DTE or user-signaling role.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-n391dce Use the frame-relay lmi-n391dce command to set the N391 full status polling counter for the DCE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this timer. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the counter value (valid range: 1 to 255). Default Values By default, the polling counter for the DCE endpoint is set to six polls.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-n391dte Use the frame-relay lmi-n391dte command to set the N391 full status polling counter for the DTE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this timer. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the counter value (valid range: 1 to 255). Default Values By default, the polling counter for the DTE endpoint is set to six polls.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-n392dce Use the frame-relay lmi-n392dce command to set the N392 error threshold for the DCE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this setting. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the threshold value (valid range: 1 to 10). Default Values By default, the error threshold for the DCE endpoint is set to three errors.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-n392dte Use the frame-relay lmi-n392dte command to set the N392 error threshold for the DTE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this setting. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the threshold value (valid range: 1 to 10). Default Values By default, the error threshold for the DTE endpoint is set to three errors.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-n393dce Use the frame-relay lmi-n393dce to set the N393 LMI monitored event counter for the DCE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this counter. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the counter value (valid range: 1 to 10).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-n393dte Use the frame-relay lmi-n393dte command to set the N393 LMI monitored event counter for the DTE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this counter. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the counter value (valid range: 1 to 10).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-t391dte Use the frame-relay lmi-t391dte command to set the T391 signal polling timer for the DTE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this timer. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the timer value in seconds (valid range: 5 to 30).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-t392dce Use the frame-relay lmi-t392dce command to set the T392 polling verification timer for the DCE endpoint. Typical applications should leave the default value for this timer. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Sets the timer value in seconds (valid range: 5 to 30).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay lmi-type [ansi | auto | cisco | none | q933a] Use the frame-relay lmi-type command to define the Frame Relay signaling (LMI) type. Use the no form of the command to return to the default value. Syntax Description ansi Specifies Annex D signaling method. auto Automatically determines signaling type by messages received on the frame circuit. cisco Specifies Group of 4 signaling method.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set frame-relay multilink [ack | bandwidth-class | hello | retry ] Use the frame-relay multilink command to enable the Frame Relay multilink interface. When the no form of this command is issued, all configuration options associated with this command and cross-connects made to this interface are removed. Syntax Description ack Optional.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example enables the Frame Relay multilink interface and sets the time between hello messages to 45 seconds: (config)#interface frame-relay 1 (config-fr 1)#frame-relay multilink hello 45 The following example specifies Class B operation: (config)#interface frame-relay 1 (config-fr 1)#frame-relay multilink bandwidth-class b The following example specifies Class C operation with a threshold of 5: (config)#interface
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set hold-queue out Use the hold-queue out command to change the overall size of an interface's WAN output queue. Syntax Description Specifies the total number of packets the output queue can contain before packets are dropped. Range: 16 to 1000. Default Values The default queue size for WFQ is 400. The default queue size for PPP FIFO and Frame Relay round robin is 200.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth Use the max-reserved-bandwidth command to define the maximum amount of interface bandwidth reserved for Quality of Service (QoS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth to reserve for QoS. This setting is configured as a percentage of the total interface speed. Range: 1 to 100 percent.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set qos-policy out Use the qos-policy out command to apply a previously-configured QoS map to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the map from the interface. The out keyword specifies that this policy will be applied to outgoing packets. Syntax Description Specifies the name of a previously-created QoS map (refer to qos map on page 488 for more information).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example applies the QoS map VOICEMAP to the Frame Relay interface: (config)#interface frame-relay 1 (config-fr 1)#qos-policy out VOICEMAP 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 862
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Interface Config Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set FRAME RELAY SUB-INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the Frame Relay Sub-Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface frame-relay command (and specify a sub-interface) at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.16)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic on an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access list with the Frame Relay sub-interface labeled 1: (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies bandwidth in kbps. Default Values To view default values use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set bridge-group Use the bridge-group command to assign an interface to the specified bridge group. This command is supported on all Ethernet interfaces, PPP virtual interfaces, and Frame Relay virtual sub-interfaces. Use the no form of this command to remove the interface from the bridge group. Syntax Description Specifies the bridge group number (1 to 255).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup auto-backup Use the dial-backup auto-backup command to configure the Frame Relay sub-interface to automatically attempt a dial-backup upon failure. For more detailed information on Frame Relay dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 876.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup auto-restore Use the dial-backup auto-restore command to configure the interface to automatically discontinue dial-backup when all network conditions are operational. Use the no form of this command to disable the auto-restore feature.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup backup-delay Use the dial-backup backup-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the failure condition is recognized before attempting to backup the link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] Use the dial-backup call-mode command to combine user data with pattern data to ensure data does not mirror standard DDS loop codes (use only on 64 kbps circuits without Frame Relay signaling). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set interface t1 1/1 coding b8zs framing esf clock source line tdm-group 1 timeslots 1-24 no shutdown ! interface fr 1 point-to-point frame-relay lmi-type ansi no shutdown cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 fr 1 ! interface fr 1.16 point-to-point frame-relay interface-dlci 16 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode originate dial-backup number 5551111 analog dial-backup number 5552222 analog ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ! interface fr 1.100 point-to-point frame-relay interface-dlci 100 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode answer dial-backup number 555-8888 analog ! line telnet 0 4 password adtran Usage Examples The following example configures the AOS to answer dial-backup calls on this endpoint but never generate calls: (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup connect-timeout Use the dial-backup connect-timeout command to specify the number of seconds to wait for a connection after a call is attempted before trying to call again or dialing a different number. It is recommended this number be greater than 60.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup force [backup | primary] Use the dial-backup force command to manually override the automatic dial-backup feature. This can be used to force a link into backup to allow maintenance to be performed on the primary link without disrupting data. Use the no form of this command to return to the normal dial-backup operation state.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup maximum-retry Use the dial-backup maximum-retry command to select the number of calls the router will make when attempting to backup a link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default state.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup number [analog | digital-56k | digital 64k] Use the dial-backup number command to configure the phone number and the call type the router will dial upon network failure. Multiple entries can be made for an interface to allow alternate sites to be dialed.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup priority Use the dial-backup priority command to select the backup priority for this interface. This command allows the user to establish the highest priority backup link and ensure that link will override backups attempted by lower priority links. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup randomize-timers Use the dial-backup randomize-timers command to randomize the call timers to minimize potential contention for resources. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup redial-delay Use the dial-backup redial-delay command to configure the delay after an unsuccessful call until the call will be re-tried. For more detailed information on Frame Relay dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 876.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup restore-delay Use the dial-backup restore-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the network is restored before disconnecting the backup link and reverting to the primary. This setting is used to prevent disconnecting the backup link if the primary link is “bouncing” in and out of alarm.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup schedule [day | enable-time | disable-time] Use the dial-backup schedule command to set the time of day that backup will be enabled. Use this command if backup is desired only during normal business hours and on specific days of the week. Use the no form of this command to disable dial-backup (as specified).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dial-backup shutdown Use the dial-backup shutdown command to deactivate all dial-backup functionality in the unit. Dial-backup configuration parameters are kept intact, but the unit will not initiate (or respond) to dial-backup sequences in the event of a network outage. Use the no form of this command to reactivate the dial-backup interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes below for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set If your IP address doesn't change often or at all, but you still want an easy name to remember it by (without having to purchase your own domain name) Static DNS service is ideal for you. If you would like to use your own domain name (such as yourname.com) you need Custom DNS service which also provides full dynamic and static IP address support.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set frame-relay bc Use the frame-relay bc command to set the bc (committed burst) value for a Frame Relay sublink. The value is in bits. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax Description Specifies the committed burst value (in bits) for the sublink. Default Values By default, the committed burst value is set to 0 (no limit).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set frame-relay be Use the frame-relay be command to set the be (excessive burst) value for a Frame Relay sublink. The value is in bits. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax Description Specifies the excessive burst value (in bits) for the sublink. Default Values By default, the excessive burst value is set to 0 (no limit).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set frame-relay fragment Use the frame-relay fragment command to set the FRF.12 fragmentation threshold. Use the no form of this command to erase the configured threshold. Syntax Description Specifies the fragmentation threshold. Valid fragmentation thresholds are greater than or equal to 64 and less than or equal to 1600. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set frame-relay interface-dlci Use the frame-relay interface-dlci command to configure the Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) for the Frame Relay sub-interface. This setting should match the DLCI supplied by your Frame Relay service provider. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured DLCI. Syntax Description Specifies numeric value supplied by your provider.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description Specifies the IP access list name. in Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip address dhcp Use the ip address dhcp command to use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to obtain an address on the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address (using DHCP) and disable DHCP operation on the interface. ip address dhcp [client-id [ | ] hostname <“string”>] Syntax Description client-id Optional.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set INTERFACE SPECIFIC INFO is only used for Frame Relay interfaces and can be determined using the following: FR_PORT#: Q.922 ADDRESS Where the FR_PORT# specifies the label assigned to the virtual Frame Relay interface using four hexadecimal bytes. For example, a virtual Frame Relay interface labeled 1 would have a FR_PORT# of 00:00:00:01. The Q.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set Functional Notes DHCP allows interfaces to acquire a dynamically assigned IP address from a configured DHCP server on the network. Many Internet Service Providers (ISPs) require the use of DHCP when connecting to their services. Using DHCP reduces the number of dedicated IP addresses the ISP must obtain. Consult your ISP to determine the proper values for the client-id and hostname fields.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the optional secondary keyword to define a secondary IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101).Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip dhcp [release | renew] Use the ip dhcp command to release or renew the DHCP IP address. This command is only applicable when using DHCP for IP address assignment. Syntax Description release Releases DHCP IP address. renew Renews DHCP IP address. Default Values No default values required for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.16)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave If only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the query message interval on the interface to 200 milliseconds: (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface and place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Release 10.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 7.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Assigns a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies he OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest Optional. Selects message-digest authentication type. null Optional. Specifies that no authentication be used. Default Values By default, this is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast Sets the network type for broadcast. point-to-point Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address.Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 Accepts only received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. 2 Accepts only received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 Transmits only RIP version 1 packets on the interface. 2 Transmits only RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip route-cache
Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface (in the format type slot/port) that contains the IP address to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the Frame Relay sub-interface to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.16)#lldp send The following example configures the Frame Relay sub-interface to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface frame-relay 1.16 (config-fr 1.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree bpdufilter [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter command to block BPDUs from being transmitted and received on this interface. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description enable Enables the BPDU filter. disable Disables the BPDU filter. Default Values By default, this command is set to disable.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree bpduguard [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpduguard command to block BPDUs from being received on this interface. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description enable Enables the BPDU block. disable Disables the BPDU block. Default Values By default, this command is set to disable.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree edgeport Use the spanning-tree edgeport command to set this interface to be an edgeport. This command overrides the Global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport default on page 518). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is set to disable.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree link-type [auto | point-to-point | shared] Use the spanning-tree link-type command to configure the spanning-tree protocol link type for an interface. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description auto Determines link type by the port’s duplex settings. point-to-point Manually sets link type to point-to-point, regardless of duplex settings.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree path-cost Use the spanning tree path-cost command to assign a cost to a bridge group that is used when computing the spanning-tree root path. To return to the default path-cost value, use the no form of this command. Syntax Description Assigns a path cost value for spanning calculations to the bridge interface (valid range: 0 to 65,535). Default Values Be default, the path-cost value is set at 19.
Command Reference Guide Frame Relay Sub-Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree priority Use the spanning-tree priority command to select the priority level of a port associated with a bridge. To return to the default bridge-group priority value, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Priority value for the bridge group; the lower the value, the higher the priority (valid range: 0 to 255). Default Values Be default, the bridge-group priority value is set at 28.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set HDLC COMMAND SET To activate the HDLC mode, enter the interface hdcl command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth on page 978 mtu on page 979 qos-policy out on page 980 snmp trap link-status on page 982 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 927
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic on an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access list with the interface: (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)#access-policy UnTrusted Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of the AOS using the ip firewall command.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface. nat source list address overload All packets passed by the access list(s) entered will be modified to replace the source IP address with the entered IP address.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set alias link<“text”> Each configured HDLC interface (when referenced using SNMP) contains a link (physical port) and a bundle (group of links). RFC1471 (for Link Connection Protocol) provides an interface table to manage lists of bundles and associated links. The alias link command provides the management station an identifying description for each link (HDLC physical).
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Enter bandwidth in kbps. Default Values To view default values use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set bridge-group Use the bridge-group command to assign an interface to the specified bridge group. Use the no form of this command to remove the interface from the bridge group. Syntax Description Specifies bridge group number (1 to 255) specified using the bridge-group command Default Values By default, there are no configured bridge groups.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access-group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup auto-backup Use the dial-backup auto-backup command to configure the PPP interface to automatically attempt a dial-backup upon failure. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 939. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup auto-restore Use the dial-backup auto-restore command to configure the interface to automatically discontinue dial-backup when all network conditions are operational. Use the no form of this command to disable the auto-restore feature. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup backup-delay Use the dial-backup backup-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the failure condition is recognized before attempting to backup the link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] Use the dial-backup call-mode command to combine user data with pattern data to ensure data does not mirror standard DDS loop codes (use only on 64 kbps circuits without Frame Relay signaling). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set interface t1 1/1 coding b8zs framing esf clock source line tdm-group 1 timeslots 1-24 no shutdown ! interface ppp 1 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode originate dial-backup number 5551111 analog ppp 2 cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 ppp 1 ! interface ppp 2 description connected to corp for dial-backup ip address 10.10.10.2 255.255.255.252 ppp authentication pap ppp pap sent-username joe password pswrd ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set no shutdown cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 ppp 1 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode answer dial-backup number 555-8888 analog ppp 2 ! interface ppp 2 description connection for remote 3200 dialin for backup ip address 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup connect-timeout Use the dial-backup connect-timeout command to specify the number of seconds to wait for a connection after a call is attempted before trying to call again or dialing a different number. It is recommended this number be greater than 60. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup force [backup | primary] Use the dial-backup force command to manually override the automatic dial-backup feature. This can be used to force a link into backup to allow maintenance to be performed on the primary link without disrupting data. Use the no form of this command to return to the normal dial-backup operation state.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup maximum-retry Use the dial-backup maximum-retry command to select the number of calls the router will make when attempting to backup a link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default state.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup number [analog | digital-56k | digital 64k] Use the dial-backup number command to configure the phone number and the call type the router will dial upon network failure. Multiple entries can be made for an interface to allow alternate sites to be dialed.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup priority Use the dial-backup priority command to select the backup priority for this interface. This allows the user to establish the highest priority backup link and ensure that link will override backups attempted by lower priority links. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup randomize-timers Use the dial-backup randomize-timers command to randomize the call timers to minimize potential contention for resources. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup redial-delay Use the dial-backup redial-delay command to configure the delay after an unsuccessful call until the call will be re-tried. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 939.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup restore-delay Use the dial-backup restore-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the network is restored before disconnecting the backup link and reverting to the primary. This setting is used to prevent disconnecting the backup link if the primary link is “bouncing” in and out of alarm.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup schedule [day | enable-time | disable-time] Use the dial-backup schedule command to set the time of day that backup will be enabled. Use this command if backup is desired only during normal business hours and on specific days of the week. Use the no form of this command to disable dial-backup (as specified).
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dial-backup shutdown Use the dial-backup shutdown command to deactivate all dial-backup functionality in the unit. Dial-backup configuration parameters are kept intact, but the unit will not initiate (or respond) to dial-backup sequences in the event of a network outage. Use the no form of this command to reactivate the dial-backup interface.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description See Functional Notes below for syntax descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set If your IP address doesn't change often or at all, but you still want an easy name to remember it by (without having to purchase your own domain name) Static DNS service is ideal for you. If you would like to use your own domain name (such as yourname.com) you need Custom DNS service which also provides full dynamic and static IP address support.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set fair-queue Use the fair-queue command to enable weighted fair queuing (WFQ) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable WFQ and enable FIFO (first-in-first-out) queueing for an interface. WFQ is enabled by default for WAN interfaces. Syntax Description Optional. Value that specifies the maximum number of packets that can be present in each conversation sub-queue.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set hold-queue out Use the hold-queue command to change the overall size of an interface's WAN output queue. Syntax Description The total number of packets the output queue can contain before packets are dropped. Range: 16 to 1000. Default Values The default queue size for WFQ is 400. The default queue size for PPP FIFO and Frame Relay round-robin is 200.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description Assigned IP access list name. in Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface. out Enables access control on packets transmitted on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the optional secondary keyword to define a secondary IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address.Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets. See ip forward-protocol udp on page 425 for more information.Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave If only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval. Applies to all groups when configured.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface and place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 7.1 Release 10.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Specifies a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65535. dead-interval Sets the maximum interval allowed between hello packets.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Usage Example The following example sets the maximum number of seconds allowed between hello packets to 25,000: (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)#ip ospf dead-interval 25000 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 966
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest Optional. Select message-digest authentication type. null Optional. Select for no authentication to be used. Default Values By default, this is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast Set the network type for broadcast. point-to-point Set the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip proxy-arp Use the ip proxy-arp command to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the proxy ARP IP address in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. Default Values By default, proxy-arp is enabled.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Only accept received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Only accept received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Only transmits RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Only transmits RIP version 2 packets on the interface. Default Values By default, all interfaces transmit RIP version 1 (the default value for the version command).
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip route-cache Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface (in the format type slot/port) that contains the IP address to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set keepalive Use the keepalive command to enable the transmission of keepalive packets on the interface and specify the time interval in seconds between transmitted packets. Syntax Description Defines the time interval (in seconds) between transmitted keepalive packets (valid range: 0 to 32,767 seconds). Default Values By default, the time interval between transmitted keepalive packets is 10 seconds.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the HDLC interface to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)#lldp send The following example configures the HDLC to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)#lldp send and-receive 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 977
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth Use the max-reserved-bandwidth command to define the maximum amount of interface bandwidth reserved for Quality of Service (QoS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth to reserve for QoS. This setting is configured as a percentage of the total interface speed. Range: 1 to 100 percent.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set qos-policy out Use the qos-policy out command to apply a previously-configured QoS map to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the map from the interface. The out keyword specifies that this policy will be applied to outgoing packets. Syntax Description Specifies the name of a previously-created QoS map (see qos map on page 488 for more information).
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set Usage Examples The following example applies the QoS map VOICEMAP to the HDLC interface: (config)#interface hdlc 1 (config-hdlc 1)#qos-policy out VOICEMAP 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 981
Command Reference Guide HDLC Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set LOOPBACK INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Loopback Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface loopback command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface loopback 1 (config-loop 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access policy with the loopback interface: (config)#interface loopback 1 (config-loop 1)#access-policy UnTrusted Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of the AOS using
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies bandwidth in kbps. Default Values To view default values, use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description See Functional Notes, below, for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set If your IP address doesn't change often or at all, but you still want an easy name to remember it by (without having to purchase your own domain name), Static DNS service is ideal for you. If you would like to use your own domain name (such as yourname.com), you need Custom DNS service which also provides full dynamic and static IP address support.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description Specifies IP access list name. in Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the optional secondary keyword to define a secondary IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101).Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface loopback 1 (config-loop 1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave If only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the query message interval on the interface to 200 milliseconds: (config)#interface loopback 1 (config-loop 1)#ip igmp last-member-query-interval 200 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 997
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface and place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Release 10.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Specifies a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Example The following example sets the maximum number of seconds allowed between hello packets to 25,000: (config)#interface loopback 1 (config-loop 1)#ip ospf dead-interval 25000 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1002
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest Optional. Specifies the message-digest authentication type. null Optional. Specifies for no authentication to be used. Default Values By default, this is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast Sets the network type for broadcast. point-to-point Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp command to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address.Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Syntax Description 1 2 Accepts only received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Accepts only received RIP version 2 packets on the interface. Default Values By default, all interfaces implement RIP version 1 (the default value for the version command).
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Syntax Description 1 Transmits only RIP version 1 packets on the interface. 2 Transmits only RIP version 2 packets on the interface. Default Values By default, all interfaces transmit RIP version 1 (the default value for the version command).
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip route-cache Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface in the format type slot/port (e.g., ppp 1) that contains the IP address to be used as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Loopback Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set PORT CHANNEL INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the Port Channel Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface port-channel command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface port-channel 1 (config-p-chan 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set arp arpa Use the arp arpa command to enable address resolution protocol (ARP) on this interface. Syntax Description arpa Keyword used to set standard address resolution protocol for this interface. Default Values The default for this command is arpa. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the port channel interface to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface port-channel 1 (config-p-chan 1)#lldp send The following example configures the port channel interface to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface port-channel 1 (config-p-chan 1)#lldp send and-receive 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 A
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set qos [trust cos | default-cos ] Use the qos command to set the interface to the trusted state and to set the default CoS value. To return to defaults, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description trust cos Sets the interface to the trusted state. default-cos Sets the default CoS value for untrusted ports and all untagged packets (0 to 7).
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree bpdufilter [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter command to enable or disable the BPDU filter on a specific interface. This setting overrides the related global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport default on page 518). Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description enable Enables BPDU filter for this interface. disable Disables BPDU filter for this interface.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree bpduguard [enable | disable] Use the spanning-tree bpduguard command to enable or disable the BPDU guard on a specific interface. This setting overrides the related global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport default on page 518). Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description enable disable Enables BPDU guard for this interface. Disables BPDU guard for this interface.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree cost Use the spanning-tree cost command to assign a cost to the interface. The cost value is used when computing the spanning-tree root path. Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Specifies a cost value of 1 to 200,000,000. Default Values By default, the cost value is set to 1000/(link speed in Mbps).
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree edgeport Use the spanning-tree edgeport command to configure the interface to be an edgeport. This command overrides the Global setting (refer to spanning-tree edgeport default on page 518). Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this setting is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree link-type [auto | point-to-point | shared] Use the spanning-tree link-type command to configure the spanning tree protocol link type for each interface. Use the no version of the command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description auto point-to-point shared Link type is determined by the port’s duplex settings. Link type is manually set to point-to-point, regardless of duplex settings.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set spanning-tree port-priority Use the spanning-tree port-priority command to select the priority level of this interface. To return to the default setting, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies a value from 0 to 240 (this value must be in increments of 16). Default Values By default, this set to 128.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set storm-control [broadcast level | multicast level | unicast level] Use the storm-control command to configure limits on the rates of broadcast, multicast, and unicast traffic on a port. To disable storm-control, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description broadcast level Sets levels for broadcast traffic. multicast level Sets levels for multicast traffic.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the rising suppression level to 85 percent for multicast packets: (config)#interface port-channel 1 (config-p-chan 1)#storm-control multicast level 85 The following example sets the rising suppression level to 80 percent for broadcast packets, with a falling level of 50 percent: (config)#interface port-channel 1 (config-p-chan 1)#storm-control broadcast level 80 50 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set storm-control action [shutdown] Use the storm-control action command to select the action taken when a storm occurs. To disable the option, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description shutdown Shuts down the interface during a storm. Default Values By default, this command is disabled; the interface will only filter traffic. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set switchport access vlan Use the switchport access vlan command to set the port to be a member of the VLAN when in access mode. To reset the port to be a member of the default VLAN, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Default Values By default, this is set to VLAN 1 (the default VLAN).
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set switchport gvrp Use the switchport gvrp command to enable or disable GVRP on an interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, GVRP is disabled on all ports. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes Enabling GVRP on any interface enables GVRP globally.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set switchport mode [access | trunk] Use the switchport mode command to configure the VLAN membership mode. To reset membership mode to the default value, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description access Sets port to be a single (non-trunked) port that transmits and receives no tagged packets. trunk Sets port to transmit and receive packets on all VLANs included within its VLAN allowed list.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set switchport trunk allowed vlan [add | except | remove] [all] Use the switchport trunk allowed vlan command to allow certain VLANs to transmit and receive traffic on this port when the interface is in trunking mode. To return to defaults, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description add Adds the specified VLAN IDs to the VLAN trunking allowed list.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set switchport trunk fixed vlan [add l all l except l none l remove] Use the switchport trunk fixed vlan command to change the configured list of VLANs that remain fixed in use only when GVRP is enabled on the interface. Of these VLANs, VLANs statically or dynamically created will be available for use on the interface. Syntax Description add Adds VLANs to the VLAN GVRP trunking fixed list.
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example changes the configured list of fixed VLANs by adding VLAN 50 to the list: (config-p-chan 1)#switchport trunk fixed vlan add 1-15,25-30,40 (config-p-chan 1)# (config-p-chan 1)#switchport trunk fixed vlan add 50 (config-p-chan 1)# 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1035
Command Reference Guide Port Channel Interface Config Command Set switchport trunk native vlan Use the switchport trunk native vlan command to set the VLAN native to the interface when the interface is in trunking mode. To return to defaults, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Default Values By default, this is set to VLAN 1.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set PPP INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the PPP Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface ppp command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth on page 1091 mtu on page 1092 peer default ip address on page 1093 ppp commands begin on page 1094 pppoe ac-name on page 1103 pppoe service-name on page 1104 qos-policy out on page 1105 snmp trap link-status on page 1107 username password on page 1108 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1038
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access list with the PPP virtual interface (labeled 1): (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)#access-policy UnTrusted Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of the AOS usi
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set alias link<“text”> Each configured PPP interface (when referenced using SNMP) contains a link (physical port) and a bundle (group of links). RFC1471 (for Link Connection Protocol) provides an interface table to manage lists of bundles and associated links. The alias link command provides the management station an identifying description for each link (PPP physical).
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies the bandwidth value in kbps. Default Values To view default values, use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set bridge-group Use the bridge-group command to assign an interface to the specified bridge group. This command is supported on all Ethernet interfaces, PPP virtual interfaces, and Frame Relay virtual sub-interfaces. Syntax Description Assigns a bridge group number (range: 1 to 255). Default Values By default, there are no configured bridge groups.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup auto-backup Use the dial-backup auto-backup command to configure the PPP interface to automatically attempt a dial-backup upon failure. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 1050. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup auto-restore Use the dial-backup auto-restore command to configure the interface to automatically discontinue dial-backup when all network conditions are operational. Use the no form of this command to disable the auto-restore feature. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup backup-delay Use the dial-backup backup-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the failure condition is recognized before attempting to backup the link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] Use the dial-backup call-mode command to combine user data with pattern data to ensure data does not mirror standard DDS loop codes (use only on 64 kbps circuits without Frame Relay signaling). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set interface t1 1/1 coding b8zs framing esf clock source line tdm-group 1 timeslots 1-24 speed 64 no shutdown ! interface ppp 1 description Primary Interface for Connection to Central 3200 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode originate dial-backup number 5551111 analog ppp 2 cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 ppp 1 no shutdown ! interface ppp 2 description Dial-Backup Interface for Connection to Central 3200 ip address 10.10.10.2 255.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set no shutdown ! interface t1 1/1 coding b8zs framing esf clock source internal tdm-group 1 timeslots 1-24 speed 64 no shutdown ! interface ppp 1 description Primary Interface for Connection to Remote 3200 cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 ppp 1 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Technology Review This technology review provides information regarding specific dial-backup router behavior (i.e., when the router will perform dial-backup, where in the configuration the AOS accesses specific routing information, etc.): Dialing Out 1. The AOS determines to place an outbound call when either the Layer 1 or Layer 2 has a failure. 2. When placing outbound calls, the AOS matches the number dialed to a PPP interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup connect-timeout Use the dial-backup connect-timeout command to specify the number of seconds to wait for a connection after a call is attempted before trying to call again or dialing a different number. It is recommended this number be greater than 60. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup force [backup | primary] Use the dial-backup force command to manually override the automatic dial-backup feature. This can be used to force a link into backup to allow maintenance to be performed on the primary link without disrupting data. Use the no form of this command to return to the normal dial-backup operation state.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup maximum-retry Use the dial-backup maximum-retry command to select the number of calls the router will make when attempting to backup a link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default state.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup number [analog | digital-56k | digital 64k] Use the dial-backup number command to configure the phone number and the call type the router will dial upon network failure. Multiple entries can be made for an interface to allow alternate sites to be dialed.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup priority Use the dial-backup priority command to select the backup priority for this interface. This allows the user to establish the highest priority backup link and ensure that link will override backups attempted by lower priority links. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup randomize-timers Use the dial-backup randomize-timers command to randomize the call timers to minimize potential contention for resources. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup redial-delay Use the dial-backup redial-delay command to configure the delay after an unsuccessful call until the call will be re-tried. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 1050.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup restore-delay Use the dial-backup restore-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the network is restored before disconnecting the backup link and reverting to the primary. This setting is used to prevent disconnecting the backup link if the primary link is “bouncing” in and out of alarm.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup schedule [day | enable-time | disable-time] Use the dial-backup schedule command to set the time of day that backup will be enabled. Use this command if backup is desired only during normal business hours and on specific days of the week. Use the no form of this command to disable dial-backup (as specified).
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dial-backup shutdown Use the dial-backup shutdown command to deactivate all dial-backup functionality in the unit. Dial-backup configuration parameters are kept intact, but the unit will not initiate (or respond) to dial-backup sequences in the event of a network outage. Use the no form of this command to reactivate the dial-backup interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes, below, for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set dyndns-static - The Static DNS service is similar to Dynamic DNS service, in that it allows a hostname such as yourname.dyndns.org to point to your IP address. Unlike a Dynamic DNS host, a Static DNS host does not expire after 35 days without updates, but updates take longer to propagate though the DNS system. This service is provided for up to five hostnames.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set fair-queue Use the fair-queue command to enable weighted fair queuing (WFQ) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable WFQ and enable FIFO queueing for an interface. WFQ is enabled by default for WAN interfaces. Syntax Description Optional. Specifies the maximum number of packets that can be present in each conversation sub-queue.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set hold-queue out Use the hold-queue out command to change the overall size of an interface's WAN output queue. Syntax Description Specifies the total number of packets the output queue can contain before packets are dropped. Range 16 to 1000. Default Values The default queue size for WFQ is 400. The default queue size for PPP FIFO and Frame Relay round-robin is 200.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description Indicates the assigned IP access list name. in Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip address dhcp Use the ip address dhcp command to use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to obtain an address on the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address (using DHCP) and disable DHCP operation on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip address negotiated [no-default] Use the ip address negotiated command to allow the interface to negotiate (i.e., be assigned) an IP address from the far end PPP connection. Use the no form of this command to disable the negotiation for an IP address Syntax Description no-default Optional. Prevents the insertion of a default route.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the optional keyword secondary to define a secondary IP address. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101).Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave If only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Command History Release 7.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface and place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Assigns a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest null Optional. Selects message-digest authentication type. Optional. Specifies that no authentication be used. Default Values By default, ip ospf authentication is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast Sets the network type for broadcast. point-to-point Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example, 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. Default Values By default, proxy ARP is enabled.Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Accepts only received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Accepts only received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 Transmits only RIP version 1 packets on the interface. 2 Transmits only RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip route-cache Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface (in the format type slot/port) that contains the IP address to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set keepalive Use the keepalive command to enable the transmission of keepalive packets on the interface and specify the time interval in seconds between transmitted packets. Syntax Description Defines the time interval (in seconds) between transmitted keepalive packets (valid range: 0 to 32,767 seconds). Default Values By default, the time interval between transmitted keepalive packets is 10 seconds.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the PPP interface to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)#lldp send The following example configures the PPP interface to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)#lldp send and-receive 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1090
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth Use the max-reserved-bandwidth command to define the maximum amount of interface bandwidth reserved for Quality of Service (QoS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth to reserve for QoS. This setting is configured as a percentage of the total interface speed. Range: 1 to 100 percent.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set peer default ip address
Use the peer default ip address command to specify the default IP address of the remote end of this interface. Syntax Description Specifies the default IP address for the remote end (A.B.C.D). Default Values By default, there is no assigned peer default IP address. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ppp authentication [chap | pap] Use the ppp authentication command to specify the authentication protocol on the PPP virtual interface that the peer should use to authenticate itself. Syntax Description chap pap Configures CHAP authentication on the interface. Configures PAP authentication on the interface. Default Values By default, PPP endpoints have no authentication configured.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set The PPP username and password database is separate and distinct from the global username password database. For PAP and CHAP, use the database under the PPP interface configuration. Several example scenarios are given below for clarity. Configuring PAP Example 1: Only the local router requires the peer to authenticate itself.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set The PPP username and password database is separate and distinct from the global username password database. For PAP and CHAP, use the database under the PPP interface configuration. Several example scenarios are given below for clarity. Configuring CHAP Example 1: Only the local router requires the peer to authenticate itself.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Configuring CHAP Example 3: Both routers require each other to authenticate themselves using the same shared password.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Configuring CHAP Example 5: Using the ppp chap hostname command as an alternate solution.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ppp chap hostname Use the ppp chap hostname command to configure an alternate hostname for CHAP PPP authentication. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured hostname. For more information on PAP and CHAP functionality, refer to the Technology Review section for the command ppp authentication [chap | pap] on page 1094.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ppp chap password Use the ppp chap password command to configure an alternate password when the peer requires CHAP PPP authentication. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured password. For more information on PAP and CHAP functionality, refer to the Technology Review section for the command ppp authentication [chap | pap] on page 1094.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ppp multilink [fragmentation | interleave] Use the ppp multilink command to enable multilink PPP (MPPP) operation om an existing PPP interface. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description fragmentation Enables multilink fragmentation operation. interleave Enables multilink interleave operation. Default Values By default, MPPP is disabled.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set ppp pap sent-username password Use the ppp pap sent-username/password command to configure a username and password when the peer requires PAP PPP authentication. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured password. For more information on PAP and CHAP functionality, refer to the Technology Review section for the command ppp authentication [chap | pap] on page 1094.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set pppoe ac-name Use the pppoe ac-name command to identify the Access Concentrator (AC) with which the AOS expects to establish a PPPoE session. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Specifies an AC by text string (up to 255 characters) corresponding to the AC-Name Tag under RFC2516. If this field is not specified, any access concentrator is acceptable.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set pppoe service-name Use the pppoe service-name command to use this tag value to filter PPPoE session offers from PPPoE servers. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Specifies a service name by text string (up to 255 characters) corresponding to the Service-Name Tags under RFC2516. This string indicates an ISP name (or a class or quality of service).
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set qos-policy out Use the qos-policy out command to apply a previously-configured QoS map to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the map from the interface. The keyword out specifies that this policy will be applied to outgoing packets. Syntax Description Specifies the name of a previously-created QoS map (refer to qos map on page 488 for more information).
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example applies the QoS map VOICEMAP to the PPP 1 interface: (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)#qos-policy out VOICEMAP 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1106
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide PPP Interface Configuration Command Set username password Configures the username and password of the peer to use for PPP authentication. Syntax Description Specifies a username by alphanumerical string up to 30 characters in length (the username is case-sensitive). Specifies a password by alphanumerical string up to 30 characters in length (the password is case-sensitive).
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set TUNNEL CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Tunnel Configuration mode, enter the interface tunnel command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic on an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access policy with the tunnel 1 interface: (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)#access-policy UnTrusted Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of the AOS using the ip fire
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies bandwidth in kbps. Default Values To view default values, use the show interfaces command.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup auto-backup Use the dial-backup auto-backup command to configure the PPP interface to automatically attempt a dial-backup upon failure. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 1119. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup auto-restore Use the dial-backup auto-restore command to configure the interface to automatically discontinue dial-backup when all network conditions are operational. Use the no form of this command to disable the auto-restore feature. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup backup-delay Use the dial-backup backup-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the failure condition is recognized before attempting to backup the link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] Use the dial-backup call-mode command to combine user data with pattern data to ensure data does not mirror standard DDS loop codes (use only on 64 kbps circuits without Frame Relay signaling). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set interface t1 1/1 coding b8zs framing esf clock source line tdm-group 1 timeslots 1-24 no shutdown ! interface ppp 1 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode originate dial-backup number 5551111 analog ppp 2 cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 ppp 1 ! interface ppp 2 description connected to corp for dial-backup ip address 10.10.10.2 255.255.255.252 ppp authentication pap ppp pap sent-username joe password pswrd ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set no shutdown cross-connect 1 t1 1/1 1 ppp 1 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.252 dial-backup call-mode answer dial-backup number 555-8888 analog ppp 2 ! interface ppp 2 description connection for remote 3200 dialin for backup ip address 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup connect-timeout Use the dial-backup connect-timeout command to specify the number of seconds to wait for a connection after a call is attempted before trying to call again or dialing a different number. It is recommended this number be greater than 60. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup force [backup | primary] Use the dial-backup force command to manually override the automatic dial-backup feature. This can be used to force a link into backup to allow maintenance to be performed on the primary link without disrupting data. Use the no form of this command to return to the normal dial-backup operation state.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup maximum-retry Use the dial-backup maximum-retry command to select the number of calls the router will make when attempting to backup a link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default state.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup number [analog | digital-56k | digital 64k] Use the dial-backup number command to configure the phone number and the call type the router will dial upon network failure. Multiple entries can be made for an interface to allow alternate sites to be dialed.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup priority Use the dial-backup priority command to select the backup priority for this interface. This allows the user to establish the highest priority backup link and ensure that link will override backups attempted by lower priority links. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup randomize-timers Use the dial-backup randomize-timers command to randomize the call timers to minimize potential contention for resources. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup redial-delay Use the dial-backup redial-delay command to configure the delay after an unsuccessful call until the call will be re-tried. For more detailed information on PPP dial-backup functionality, refer to the Functional Notes and Technology Review sections of the command dial-backup call-mode [answer | answer-always | originate | originate-answer | originate-answer-always] on page 1119.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup restore-delay Use the dial-backup restore-delay command to configure the amount of time the router will wait after the network is restored before disconnecting the backup link and reverting to the primary. This setting is used to prevent disconnecting the backup link if the primary link is “bouncing” in and out of alarm.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup schedule [day | enable-time | disable-time] Use the dial-backup schedule command to set the time of day that backup will be enabled. Use this command if backup is desired only during normal business hours and on specific days of the week. Use the no form of this command to disable dial-backup (as specified).
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dial-backup shutdown Use the dial-backup shutdown command to deactivate all dial-backup functionality in the unit. Dial-backup configuration parameters are kept intact, but the unit will not initiate (or respond) to dial-backup sequences in the event of a network outage. Use the no form of this command to reactivate the dial-backup interface.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes below for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set dyndns-static - The Static DNS service is similar to Dynamic DNS service in that it allows a hostname such as yourname.dyndns.org to point to your IP address. Unlike a Dynamic DNS host, a Static DNS host does not expire after 35 days without updates, but updates take longer to propagate though the DNS system. This service is provided for up to five hostnames.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description in out Assigns an IP access list name. Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. secondary Optional.Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper-address command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave Specifies that if only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface, when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Command History Release 7.1 Release 8.1 Release 9.1 Command was introduced. ATM sub-interface was added. Tunnel sub-interface was added.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface, and to place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Release 9.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 7.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Specifies a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Usage Example The following example sets the maximum number of seconds allowed between hello packets to 25,000: (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)#ip ospf dead-interval 25000 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1144
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest null Optional. Selects message-digest authentication type. Optional. Specifies that no authentication is used. Default Values By default, this is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast point-to-point Sets the network type for broadcast. Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP, Frame Relay, and tunnel default to point-to-point.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip proxy-arp Use the ip proxy-arp command to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the proxy ARP IP address in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. Default Values By default, proxy-arp is enabled.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Only accept received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Only accept received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Only transmits RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Only transmits RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set ip route-cache Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set keepalive Use the keepalive command to periodically send keepalive packets to verify the integrity of the tunnel from end to end. Use the no form of this command to disable keepalives. Syntax Description Defines the time interval (in seconds) between transmitted keepalive packets (valid range: 1 to 32,767 seconds).
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set lldp receive Use the lldp receive command to allow LLDP packets to be received on this interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces are configured to send and receive LLDP packets. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set lldp send [management-address l port-description l system-capabilities l system-description l system-name l and-receive] Use the lldp send command to configure this interface to transmit LLDP packets or to control the types of information contained in the LLDP packets transmitted by this interface. Syntax Description management-address Enables transmission of management address information on this interface.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example configures the tunnel interface to transmit LLDP packets containing all enabled information types: (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)#lldp send The following example configures the tunnel interface to transmit and receive LLDP packets containing all information types: (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)#lldp send and-receive 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1154
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set mtu Use the mtu command to configure the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size for the active interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Configures the window size for transmitted packets.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set tunnel checksum Use the tunnel checksum command to verify the checksum of incoming Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) packets and to include a checksum on outgoing packets. Use the no form of this command to disable checksum. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, tunnel checksum is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set tunnel destination Use the tunnel destination command to specify the IP address to use as the destination address for all packets transmitted on this interface. Use the no form of this command to clear the tunnel destination address. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address in dotted decimal notation to use as the destination address for all packets transmitted on this interface (for example: 192.22.73.101).
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set tunnel key Use the tunnel key command to specify a value shared by both endpoints of the tunnel that will provide minimal security and delineate between tunnels with the same source and destination addresses. Use the no form of this command to disable the key. Syntax Description Defines the key value for this tunnel (valid range: 1 to 4,294,967,294). Default Values By default, a key is not configured.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set tunnel mode gre Use the tunnel mode gre command to encapsulate traffic destined for the tunnel interface in a Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) header. Use the no form of this command to set the tunnel to its default mode. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, the tunnel interface will be configured for GRE mode.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set tunnel sequence-datagrams Use the tunnel sequence-datagrams command to enable sequence number checking on incoming Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) packets, to drop packets arriving out of order, and to include a sequence number in outgoing packets. Use the no form of this command to disable sequence number checking. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set tunnel source [ | ] Use the tunnel source command to specify the IP address or name of a physical interface to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface. Use the no form of this command to clear the tunnel source address. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address in dotted decimal notation to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface (for example: 192.
Command Reference Guide Tunnel Configuration Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the tunnel source IP address to 192.22.73.101: (config)#interface tunnel 1 (config-tunnel 1)#tunnel source 192.22.73.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Configuration Command Set VLAN CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the VLAN Configuration mode, enter the vlan command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#vlan 1 (config-vlan 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Configuration Command Set media [ethernet] Use the media command to set the virtual local area network (VLAN) media type. The only media type currently supported is ethernet. Use the no form of this command to reset to default. Syntax Description ethernet Sets the VLAN media type to ethernet. Default Values By default, media is set to ethernet. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Configuration Command Set name Use the name command to assign a name to the VLAN. Use the no form of this command to remove a name given to a VLAN. Syntax Description Assigns a name string to the VLAN. Default Values By default, the name is set to VLANxxxx where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeroes) equal to the VLAN ID number. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Configuration Command Set state [active | suspend] Use the state command to change the state of the VLAN. Syntax Description active suspend Changes the VLAN state to active. Changes the VLAN state to suspended. Default Values The default setting is active (once the VLAN has been created). Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set VLAN DATABASE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Config VLAN Database mode, enter the vlan database command at the Enable security mode prompt. For example: >enable #vlan database (vlan)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set abort Use the abort command to exit the VLAN Database without saving any changes made. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this setting. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set apply Use the apply command to apply changes without exiting the VLAN Database. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this setting. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced. Functional Notes Applies changes to the VLAN Database configuration in the running configuration.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set reset Use the reset command to discard all changes made and revert to the previous configuration. The prompt remains in the VLAN Database. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this setting. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set show [changes | current | proposed] Use the show command to display different aspects of the VLAN configuration. Syntax Description changes Displays the proposed changes to the VLAN configuration. You may specify a VLAN ID to display only information for a specific VLAN. Valid VLAN interface ID range is from 1 to 4094. current Displays the current VLAN configuration.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set vlan Use the vlan command to create a VLAN within the VLAN database. Use the no form of this command to delete a previously-created VLAN from the database. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Default Values No defaults necessary for this setting. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set vlan media [ethernet] Use the vlan media command to set the VLAN media type. Use the no form of this command to reset to the default. Syntax Description ethernet Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Sets the VLAN media type. The only media type currently supported is Ethernet. Default Values By default, vlan media is set to ethernet.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set vlan name Use the vlan name command to assign a name to the VLAN. Use the no form of this command to remove an assigned name. Syntax Description Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Assigns a name to the VLAN (1 to 32 characters). Default Values By default, the assigned name is VLANxxxx; where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeroes) equal to the VLAN ID number.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Database Configuration Command Set vlan state [active | suspend] Use the vlan state command to change the state of the VLAN. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description active suspend Specifies a valid VLAN interface ID (1 to 4094). Changes the VLAN state to active. Changes the VLAN state to suspended. Default Values The default setting is active (once the VLAN has been created).
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set VLAN INTERFACE CONFIG COMMAND SET To activate the VLAN Interface Configuration mode, enter the interface vlan command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#interface vlan 1 (config-vlan 1)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set access-policy Use the access-policy command to assign a specified access policy for the inbound traffic on an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an access policy association. Configured access policies will only be active if the ip firewall command has been entered at the Global Configuration mode prompt to enable the AOS security features.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Create the access policy that contains the access list InWeb: (config)#ip policy-class UnTrusted (config-policy-class)#allow list InWeb Associate the access policy with the VLAN 1 interface: (config)#interface vlan 1 (config-vlan 1)#access-policy UnTrusted Technology Review Creating access policies and lists to regulate traffic through the routed network is a four-step process: Step 1: Enable the security features of the AOS using the ip firewall
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set discard list policy All packets passed by the access list(s) entered and destined for the interface using the access policy listed will be blocked from the router system. This allows for configurations to deny packets on a specified interface.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set arp arpa Use the arp arpa command to enable address resolution protocol (ARP) on the VLAN interface. Syntax Description arpa Sets the standard address resolution protocol for this interface. Default Values The default for this command is arpa. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Release 6.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set bandwidth Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description Specifies bandwidth in kbps. Default Values To view default values, use the show interfaces command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 2000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set bridge-group Use the bridge-group command to assign an interface to the specified bridge group. Use the no form of this command to remove the interface from the bridge group. Syntax Description Specifies a bridge group number (1 to 255). Default Values By default, there are no configured bridge groups. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300 and 1000R Series units. Command History Release 1.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set crypto map Use the crypto map command to associate crypto maps with the interface. When you apply a map to an interface, you are applying all crypto maps with the given map name. This allows you to apply multiple crypto maps if you have created maps which share the same name but have different map index numbers.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Interfaces (Ethernet, Frame Relay, PPP, local) Static Filter (in) Static Filter (out) IPSec Decrypt/Discard IPSec Encrypt NAT/ACP/ Firewall Router As shown in the diagram above, data coming into the product is first processed by the static filter associated with the interface on which the data is received. This access-group is a true static filter and is available for use regardless of whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set dynamic-dns [dyndns | dyndns-custom | dyndns-static] Use the dynamic-dns command to configure Dynamic DNS service provided by Dynamic Network Services, Inc. (www.dyndns.org). Syntax Description Refer to Functional Notes below for argument descriptions. Default Values No default is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 2000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the dynamic-dns to dyndns-custom with hostname host, username user, and password pass: (config)#interface vlan 1 (config-interface-vlan 1)#dynamic-dns dyndns-custom host user pass 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1186
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip access-group [in | out] Use the ip access-group command to create an access list to be used for packets transmitted on or received from the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this type of control. Syntax Description in out Assigns an IP access list name. Enables access control on packets received on the specified interface.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip address
secondary Use the ip address command to define an IP address on the specified interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address. Syntax Description Defines the IP address for the interface in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. secondary Optional.Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip address dhcp Use the ip address dhcp command to use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to obtain an address on the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured IP address (using DHCP) and disable DHCP operation on the interface. ip address dhcp [client-id [ | ] hostname <“string”>] Syntax Description client-id Optional.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set INTERFACE SPECIFIC INFO is only used for Frame Relay interfaces and can be determined using the following: FR_PORT# : Q.922 ADDRESS Where the FR_PORT# specifies the label assigned to the virtual Frame Relay interface using four hexadecimal bytes. For example, a virtual Frame Relay interface labeled 1 would have a FR_PORT# of 00:00:00:01. The Q.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Functional Notes DHCP allows interfaces to acquire a dynamically assigned IP address from a configured DHCP server on the network. Many Internet Service Providers (ISPs) require the use of DHCP when connecting to their services. Using DHCP reduces the number of dedicated IP addresses the ISP must obtain. Consult your ISP to determine the proper values for the client-id and hostname fields.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip dhcp [release | renew] Use the ip dhcp command to release or renew the DHCP IP address. This command is only applicable when using DHCP for IP address assignment. . Syntax Description release renew Releases DHCP IP address. Renews DHCP IP address. Default Values No default values required for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 3.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command to configure the AOS to forward User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable forwarding packets. The ip helper-address command must be used in conjunction with the ip forward-protocol command to configure the AOS to forward UDP broadcast packets.Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example forwards all DNS broadcast traffic to the DNS server with IP address 192.33.5.99: (config)#ip forward-protocol udp domain (config)#interface vlan 1 (config-interface-vlan 1)#ip helper-address 192.33.5.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip igmp Use the ip igmp command to configure multicasting-related functions for the interface. Syntax Description immediate-leave If only one host (or IGMP snooping switch) is connected to the interface when a leave is received, multicast of that group is immediately terminated as opposed to sending a group query and timing out the group if no device responds. Works in conjunction with ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the query message interval on the interface to 200 milliseconds: (config)#interface vlan 1 (config-interface-vlan 1)#ip igmp last-member-query-interval 200 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1196
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub downstream Use the ip mcast-stub downstream command to enable multicast forwarding and IGMP (router mode) on an interface, and to place it in multicast stub downstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 7.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub helper-enable Use the ip mcast-stub helper-enable command to assign the ip mcast-stub helper-address as the IGMP proxy. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced. Release 10.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip mcast-stub upstream Use the ip mcast-stub upstream command to enable multicast forwarding on an interface and place it in multicast stub upstream mode. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 7.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip mtu Use the ip mtu command to set the maximum transmission unit size (in bytes) for the VLAN interface. To reset to the default setting, use the no version of this command. Syntax Description Specifies the MTU size in bytes. Range: 68 to 1,000,000 bytes. Default Values By default, this is set to 1500 bytes. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip ospf Use the ip ospf command to customize OSPF settings (if needed). Syntax Description authentication-key Assigns a simple-text authentication password to be used by other routers using the OSPF simple password authentication. cost Specifies the OSPF cost of sending a packet on the interface. This value overrides any computed cost value. Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set Usage Example The following example sets the maximum number of seconds allowed between hello packets to 25,000: (config)#interface vlan 1 (config-interface-vlan 1)#ip ospf dead-interval 25000 61200510L1-35E Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1202
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] Use the ip ospf authentication command to authenticate an interface that is performing OSPF authentication. Syntax Description message-digest null Optional. Selects message-digest authentication type. Optional. Specifies that no authentication is used. Default Values By default, this is set to null (meaning no authentication is used).
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip ospf network [broadcast | point-to-point] Use the ip ospf network command to specify the type of network on this interface. Syntax Description broadcast point-to-point Sets the network type for broadcast. Sets the network type for point-to-point. Default Values By default, Ethernet defaults to broadcast. PPP and Frame Relay default to point-to-point. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, and 2000 Series units.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip proxy-arp Use the ip proxy-arp command to enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Defines the proxy ARP IP address in dotted decimal notation (for example: 192.22.73.101). Specifies the subnet mask that corresponds to the listed IP address. Default Values By default, proxy ARP is enabled.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip rip receive version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version the unit accepts in all RIP packets received on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Accepts only received RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Accepts only received RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip rip send version [1 | 2] Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version the unit sends in all RIP packets transmitted on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value. Syntax Description 1 2 Transmits only RIP version 1 packets on the interface. Transmits only RIP version 2 packets on the interface.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip route-cache Use the ip route-cache command to enable fast-cache switching on the interface. Use the no form of this command to disable fast-cache switching and return to process switching mode. Using Network Address Translation (NAT) or the AOS firewall capabilities on an interface requires process switching mode (using the no ip route-cache command). Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set ip unnumbered Use the ip unnumbered command to use the IP address assigned to the specified interface for all IP processing on the active interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the unnumbered configuration. Syntax Description Specifies the interface (in the format type slot/port) that contains the IP address to use as the source address for all packets transmitted on this interface.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set mac-address
Use the mac-address command to specify the Media Access Control (MAC) address of the VLAN interface. Only the last three values of the MAC address can be modified. The first three values contain the ADTRAN reserved number (00:0A:C8) by default. Use the no form of this command to return to the default MAC address programmed by ADTRAN.Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set max-reserved-bandwidth Use the max-reserved-bandwidth command to define the maximum amount of interface bandwidth reserved for Quality of Service (QoS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth to reserve for QoS. This setting is configured as a percentage of the total interface speed. Range: 1 to 100 percent.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set snmp trap Use the snmp trap command to enable all supported Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps on the interface. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, all interfaces (except virtual Frame Relay interfaces and sub-interfaces) have SNMP traps enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, and 2000 Series units. Command History Release 1.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set snmp trap link-status Use the snmp trap link-status command to control the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) variable ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable (RFC 2863) to enable (or disable) the interface to send SNMP traps when there is an interface status change. Use the no form of this command to disable this trap. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide VLAN Interface Config Command Set traffic-shape rate [] Use the traffic-shape rate command to specify and enforce an output bandwidth for the VLAN interface. Syntax Description Specifies the rate (in bits per second) at which the interface should be shaped. Optional. Specifies the allowed burst in bytes. By default, the burst is specified as the rate divided by 5 and represents the number of bytes that would flow within 200 ms.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set CA PROFILE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Certificate Authority (CA) Profile Configuration mode, enter the crypto ca profile command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto ca profile MyProfile Configuring New CA Profile MyProfile (ca-profile)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set crl optional Use the crl optional command to make CRL verification optional. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, CRL optional is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set email address Use the email address command to specify that an email address should be included in the certificate request. Syntax Description Specifies the complete email address to use when sending certificate requests. This field allows up to 51 characters. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set enrollment retry [count | period] Use the enrollment retry command to determine how the AOS handles certificate requests. Syntax Description count Specifies the number of times the AOS re-sends a certificate request when it does not receive a response from the previous request. Range: 1 to 100. period Specifies the time period between certificate request retries. The default is 1 minute between retries.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set enrollment terminal Use the enrollment terminal command to specify manual (i.e., cut-and-paste) certificate enrollment. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set enrollment url Use the enrollment url command to specify the URL of the CA to which the AOS should send certificate requests. Syntax Description Specifies the certificate authority’s URL (e.g., http://10.10.10.1:400/abcdefg/pkiclient.exe). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set fqdn Use the fqdn command to specify a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) to be included in the certificate requests. Syntax Description Specifies the FQDN (e.g., company.com) to be included in requests. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set ip-address
Use the ip-address command to specify an IP address to be included in the certificate requests. Syntax Description Defines the IP address in dotted decimal notation (e.g., 192.22.73.101). Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set password Use the password command to specify the challenge password for simple certificate exchange protocol (SCEP). Use the no form of this command to allow CA requests to be sent automatically (using SCEP) without requiring a password. Syntax Description Specifies the SCEP password (up to 80 characters). Default Values By default, no password is required.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set serial-number Use the serial-number command to specify that a serial number will be included in the certificate request. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide CA Profile Configuration Command Set subject-name Use the subject-name command to specify the subject name used in the certificate request. Syntax Description Specifies a subject name string using up to 256 characters entered in X.500 LDAP format. Default Values By default, there is no subject name configured. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Certificate Configuration Command Set CERTIFICATE CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Certificate Configuration mode, enter the crypto ca certificate chain command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto ca certificate chain MyProfile (config-cert-chain)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Certificate Configuration Command Set certificate Use the certificate command to restore a certificate. Use the no form of this command to remove a specific certificate from the certificate chain. Syntax Description Specifies the certificate’s serial number (up to 51 characters). This value can be found for existing certificates by using the show run command. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Certificate Configuration Command Set certificate ca Use the certificate ca command to restore a CA certificate. Use the no form of this command to remove a specific certificate from the certificate chain for a CA. Syntax Description Specifies the certificate’s serial number (up to 51 characters). This value can be found for existing certificates by using the show run command. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Certificate Configuration Command Set crl Use the crl command to restore a CRL. Use the no form of this command to remove the CRL for the specific CA. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 5.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set CRYPTO MAP IKE COMMAND SET To activate the Crypto Map IKE mode, enter a valid version of the crypto map ipsec-ike command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto map Map-Name 10 ipsec-ike (config-crypto-map)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set antireplay Use the antireplay command to enable antireplay sequence number checking for all security associations created on this crypto map. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series and units. Command History Release 7.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set ike-policy Use the ike-policy command to ensure that only a specified IKE policy is used to establish the IPSec tunnel. This prevents any mobile VPN policies from using IPSec policies that are configured for static VPN peer policies. Syntax Description Specifies the policy number of the policy to assign to this crypto map. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set match address Use the match address command to assign an IP access list to a crypto map definition. The access list designates the IP packets to be encrypted by this crypto map. Refer to ip access-list extended on page 392 for more information on creating access lists. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the access list you wish to assign to this crypto map. Default Values By default, no IP access lists are defined.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set Usage Examples The following example shows setting up an ACL (called NewList) and then assigning the new list to a crypto map (called NewMap): (config)#ip access-list extended NewList Configuring New Extended ACL "NewList" (config-ext-nacl)#exit (config)#crypto map NewMap 10 ipsec-ike (config-crypto-map)#match address NewList Technology Review A crypto map entry is a single policy that describes how certain traffic is to be secured.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set set peer
Use the set peer command to set the IP address of the peer device. This must be set for multiple remote peers. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the peer device. If this is not configured, it implies responder only to any peer. Default Values There are no default settings for this command.Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set set pfs [group1 | group2] Use the set pfs command to choose the type of perfect forward secrecy (if any) that will be required during IPSec negotiation of security associations for this crypto map. Use the no form of this command to require no PFS. Syntax Description group1 Requires IPSec to use Diffie-Hellman Group 1 (768-bit modulus) exchange during IPSec SA key generation.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set set security-association lifetime [kilobytes | seconds] Use the set security-association lifetime command to define the lifetime (in kilobytes and/or seconds) of the IPSec SAs created by this crypto map. Syntax Description kilobytes Specifies the SA lifetime limit in kilobytes. seconds Specifies the SA lifetime limit in seconds.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map IKE Command Set set transform-set Use the set transform-set command to assign up to six transform sets to a crypto map. Refer to crypto ipsec transform-set on page 374 for information on defining transform sets. Syntax Description Assign up to six transform sets to this crypto map by listing the set names, separated by a space. Default Values By default, there is no transform set assigned to the crypto map.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set CRYPTO MAP MANUAL COMMAND SET To activate the Crypto Map Manual mode, enter a valid version of the crypto map ipsec-manual command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto map Map-Name 10 ipsec-manual (config-crypto-map)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set antireplay Use the antireplay command to enable antireplay sequence number checking for all security associations created on this crypto map. Use the no form of this command to disable. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 7.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set ike-policy Use the ike-policy command to ensure that only a specified IKE policy is used to establish the IPSec tunnel. This prevents any mobile VPN policies from using IPSec policies that are configured for static VPN peer policies. Syntax Description Specifies the policy number of the policy to assign to this crypto map. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set match address Use the match address command to assign an IP access list to a crypto map definition. The access list designates the IP packets to be encrypted by this crypto map. See ip access-list extended on page 392 for more information on creating access lists. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the access list you wish to assign to this crypto map. Default Values By default, no IP access lists are defined.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set Usage Examples The following example shows setting up an access list (called NewList) and then assigning the new list to a crypto map (called NewMap): (config)#ip access-list extended NewList Configuring New Extended ACL "NewList" (config-ext-nacl)#exit (config)#crypto map NewMap 10 ipsec-manual (config-crypto-map)#match address NewList Technology Review A crypto map entry is a single policy that describes how certain traffic is to be secured.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set set peer
Use the set peer command to set the IP address of the peer device. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the peer device. Default Values There are no default settings for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 4.1 Command was introduced.Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set set session-key [inbound | outbound] Use the set session-key command to define the encryption and authentication keys for this crypto map.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set Functional Notes The inbound local security parameter index (SPI) must equal the outbound remote SPI. The outbound local SPI must equal the inbound remote SPI. The key values are the hexadecimal representations of the keys. They are not true ASCII strings. Therefore, a key of 3031323334353637 represents “01234567”. See the following list for key length requirements.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set Step 4: Define an IP access list. An Extended Access Control List is used to specify which traffic needs to be sent securely over the VPN tunnel. The entries in the list are defined with respect to the local system. The source IP address will be the source of the traffic to be encrypted. The destination IP address will be the receiver of the data on the other side of the VPN tunnel.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set Step 6: Configure public interface. This process includes configuring the IP address for the interface and applying the appropriate crypto map to the interface. Crypto maps are applied to the interface on which encrypted traffic will be transmitted. (config)#interface ppp 1 (config-ppp 1)#ip address 63.97.45.57 255.255.255.
Command Reference Guide Crypto Map Manual Command Set set transform-set Use the set transform-set command to assign a transform set to a crypto map. See crypto ipsec transform-set on page 374 for information on defining transform sets. Syntax Description Assigns a transform set to this crypto map by entering the set name. Default Values By default, no transform set is assigned to the crypto map.
Command Reference Guide IKE Client Command Set IKE CLIENT COMMAND SET To activate the IKE Client mode, enter the crypto ike client command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto ike client configuration pool ConfigPool1 (config-ike-client-pool)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide IKE Client Command Set dns-server Use the dns-server command to specify the DNS server address(es) to assign to a client. Syntax Description Assigns the first DNS server address. Optional. Assigns the second DNS server address. Default Values By default, no DNS server address is defined. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide IKE Client Command Set ip-range Use the ip-range command to specify the range of addresses from which the router draws when assigning an IP address to a client. Syntax Description Specifies the first IP address in the range for this pool. Specifies the last IP address in the range for this pool. Default Values By default, no IP address range is defined.
Command Reference Guide IKE Client Command Set netbios-name-server Use the netbios-name-server command to specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers to assign to a client. Syntax Description Specifies the first WINs server address to assign. Specifies the second WINs server address to assign. Default Values By default, no WINs server address is defined.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Attributes Command Set IKE POLICY ATTRIBUTES COMMAND SET To activate the IKE Policy Attributes mode, enter the attribute command at the IKE Policy prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto ike policy 1 (config-ike)#attribute 10 (config-ike-attribute)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Attributes Command Set authentication [dss-sig | pre-share | rsa-sig] Use the authentication command to configure this IKE policy’s use of pre-shared secrets and signed certificates during IKE negotiation. Syntax Description dss-sig pre-share rsa-sig Specifies to use DSS-signed certificates during IKE negotiation to validate the peer. Specifies the use of pre-shared secrets during IKE negotiation to validate the peer.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Attributes Command Set encryption [aes-xxx-cbc | des | 3des] Use the encryption command to specify which encryption algorithm this IKE policy will use to transmit data over the IKE-generated SA. Syntax Description aes-128-cbc Specifies the AES-128-CBC encryption algorithm. aes-192-cbc Specifies the AES-192-CBC encryption algorithm. aes-256-cbc Specifies the AES-256-CBC encryption algorithm. des Specifies the DES encryption algorithm.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Attributes Command Set group [1 | 2] Use the group command to specify the Diffie-Hellman Group (1 or 2) to be used by this IKE policy to generate the keys (which are then used to create the IPSec SA). Syntax Description 1 2 Specifies 768-bit mod P. Specifies1024-bit mod P. Default Values By default, group is set to 1. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 4.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Attributes Command Set hash [md5| sha] Use the hash command to specify the hash algorithm to be used to authenticate the data transmitted over the IKE SA. Syntax Description md5 Choose the MD5 hash algorithm. sha Choose the SHA hash algorithm. Default Values By default, hash is set to sha. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 4.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Attributes Command Set lifetime Use the lifetime command to specify how long an IKE SA is valid before expiring. Syntax Description Specify how many seconds an IKE SA will last before expiring. Default Values By default, lifetime is set to 28,800 seconds. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series units. Command History Release 4.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set IKE POLICY COMMAND SET To activate the IKE Policy mode, enter the crypto ike policy command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#crypto ike policy 1 (config-ike)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set attribute Use the attribute command to define attributes for the associated IKE policy. Multiple attributes can be created for a single IKE policy. Once you enter this command, you are in the IKE Policy Attribute mode. Refer to IKE Policy Attributes Command Set on page 1254 for more information. Syntax Description Assigns a number (range: 1 to 65,535) to the attribute policy.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set client authentication host Use the client authentication host command to enable the unit to act as an Xauth host when this IKE policy is negotiated with a peer.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set client authentication host xauth-type [generic | otp | radius] Use the client authentication host xauth-type command to allow the user to specify the Xauth authentication type if a type other than generic is desired. Syntax Description generic Specifies generic authentication type. otp Specifies OTP authentication type. radius Specifies RADIUS authentication type. Default Values By default, this is set to generic.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set client authentication server list Use the client authentication server list command to enable the unit to act as an Xauth server (edge device). Syntax Description Specifies the named list created with the aaa authentication login command. Default Values By default, the router does not act as an Xauth server and extended authentication is not performed.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set client configuration pool Use the client configuration pool command to configure the AOS to perform as mode-config server (edge device) when an IKE policy is negotiated.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set initiate [main | aggressive] Use the initiate command to allow the IKE policy to initiate negotiation (in main mode or aggressive mode) with peers. Use the no form of this command to allow the policy to respond only. Syntax Description main Specifies to initiate using main mode. Main mode requires that each end of the VPN tunnel has a static WAN IP address.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set local-id [address | asn1-dn | fqdn | user-fqdn] Use the local-id command to set the local ID for the IKE policy. This setting overrides the system local ID setting (set in the Global Configuration mode using the crypto ike local-id address command). Syntax Description address Specifies a remote ID of IPv4 type.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set Usage Examples The following example sets the local ID of this IKE policy to the IPv4 address 63.97.45.57: (config-ike)#local-id address 63.97.45.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set nat-traversal [allow | disable | force] Use the nat-traversal command to allow, force, or disable NAT traversal version 1 and 2 on a specific Ike policy. Syntax Description Specifies v1 or v2 to select the NAT traversal version. allow Sets the IKE policy to allow the specified NAT traversal version. disable Sets the IKE policy to disable the specified NAT traversal version.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set peer [ | any] Use the peer command to enter the IP address of the peer device. Repeat this command for multiple peers. Use the any keyword if you want to set up a policy that will initiate or respond to any peer. Syntax Description Specifies a peer IP address. any Allows any peer to connect to this IKE policy. Default Values There are no default settings for this command.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set The following example sets up a policy allowing any peer to initiate using preshared secret, DES, MD5, and Diffie-Hellman Group 1. (config)#crypto ike policy 100 (config-ike)#peer any (config-ike)#respond anymode (config-ike)#initiate main Technology Review IKE policies must have a peer address associated with them to allow certain peers to negotiate with the ADTRAN product.
Command Reference Guide IKE Policy Command Set respond [main | aggressive | anymode] Use the respond command to allow the IKE policy to respond to negotiations by a peer. Use the no form of this command to allow the policy to only initiate negotiations. Syntax Description main aggressive anymode Specifies to respond only to main mode. Specifies to respond only to aggressive mode. Specifies to respond to any mode. Default Values By default, respond to any mode is enabled.
Command Reference Guide AS Path List Command Set AS PATH LIST COMMAND SET To activate the Autonomous System (AS) Path List Configuration mode, enter the ip as-path-list command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#ip as-class-list listname (config-as-path-list)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide AS Path List Command Set deny Use the deny command to deny a BGP route that matches the as-path attributes. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.3 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide AS Path List Command Set permit Use the permit command to allow a BGP route that matches the as-path attributes. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.3 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide BGP Configuration Command Set BGP CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the BGP Configuration mode, enter the router bgp command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#router bgp 1 (config-bgp)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide BGP Configuration Command Set bgp fast-external-fallover Use the bgp fast-external-fallover command to enable the fast-external-fallover feature. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide BGP Configuration Command Set bgp log-neighbor-changes Use the bgp log-neighbor-changes command to control the logging of neighbor state changes. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, neighbor changes are not logged. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 8.
Command Reference Guide BGP Configuration Command Set bgp router-id Use the bgp router-id command to specify the IP address that the router should use as its BGP router ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Designates the IP address this router should use as its BGP router ID. Default Values By default, no router ID is configured. The default action is detailed in Functional Notes, below.
Command Reference Guide BGP Configuration Command Set distance bgp Use the distance bgp command to set the administrative distance for BGP routes. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Sets the administrative distance for BGP routes learned via eBGP sessions. A value of 255 means the route is not installed. Range: 1 to 254. Sets the administrative distance for BGP routes learned via iBGP sessions.
Command Reference Guide BGP Configuration Command Set hold-timer Use the hold-timer command to set the default hold time for all neighbors in the BGP process. Syntax Description Specifies a time interval (in seconds) within which a keepalive must be received from a peer before it is declared dead peer. Range: 0 to 65,535 Default Values By default, the hold time is 90 seconds.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set BGP NEIGHBOR CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the BGP Neighbor Configuration mode, enter the router bgp-neighbor command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#router bgp-neighbor 192.22.73.101 (config-bgp-neighbor)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set access-list [in | out] Use the access-list command to assign a predefined access list to a BGP neighbor. This list is then used to filter inbound and/or outbound BGP route updates. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description Assigns an access list to this BGP neighbor. in Specifies the filtering of all inbound BGP route updates.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set advertisement-interval Use the advertisement-interval command to configure the AOS to specify how long the BGP process waits before sending updates to the neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies the advertisement interval in seconds. Range: 0 to 600. Default Values By default, the advertisement interval is 30 seconds for external neighbors and 5 seconds for internal neighbors.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set as-path-list [in | out] Use the as-path-list command to assign a predefined autonomous system (AS) path list to a BGP neighbor. This list is then used to filter inbound and/or outbound BGP route updates. Use the no form of this command to discontinue use of the list. Syntax Description Assigns an AS path list to this BGP neighbor. in Specifies the filtering of all inbound BGP route updates.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set ebgp-multihop Use the ebgp-multihop command to configure the maximum hop count of BGP messages to a neighbor. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax Description Specifies the maximum hop count of BGP messages to a neighbor. Range: 1 to 254. Default Values By default, eBGP multihop is set to 1.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set hold-timer Use the hold-timer command to set the default hold time for all neighbors in the BGP process. Syntax Description Specifies a time interval (in seconds) within which a keepalive must be received from a peer before it is declared dead peer. Range: 0 to 65,535. Default Values By default, the hold time is 90 seconds.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set local-as Use the local-as command to specify an autonomous system (AS) number for the unit to use when communicating with this BGP neighbor. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description Specifies the AS number to use when communicating with this neighbor. Must be different than the AS number for this router and the peer router. Only valid for eBGP connections. Range is 0 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set In this network: • Router A is in AS 100. • Router B is in AS 300. • Router A is an eBGP peer with Router B. • Router A’s connection to Router B specifies a local-as of 200. • Router B is configured to connect to Router A in AS 200. Therefore: • To Router B, all aspects of Router A appear as AS 200. • Networks advertised from Router A to Router B will have the AS path 200 100 prepended to the AS path attribute.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set next-hop-self Use the next-hop-self command to force the next hop attribute to be changed to this unit’s address when advertising networks that would not have the next hop changed under normal rules. Normal next hop rules are described in the Functional Notes section below. Use the no form of this command to cause normal next hop rules to apply. Syntax Description No subcommands.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set password Use the password command to enable MD5 password authentication on TCP. Use the no form of this command to disable authentication. Syntax Description Specifies the password string to be used for authentication. The password is case-sensitive and must not exceed 80 characters. Default Values By default, authentication is disabled.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set prefix-list [in | out] Use the prefix-list command to assign a predefined prefix list to a BGP neighbor. The list is then used to filter BGP route updates received and/or sent from/by the specified peer. Use the no form of this command to discontinue use of the prefix list. Syntax Description in out Assigns a prefix list to this BGP neighbor.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set remote-as Use the remote-as command to specify the BGP autonomous system (AS) to which the neighbor belongs, adding an entry to the BGP neighbor table. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description Specifies the AS number. This number must be different from the AS number of the local router (which is defined using the router bgp command). Range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set route-map [in | out] Use the route-map command to assign a route map to this BGP neighbor. The route map is then used to filter or modify inbound and/or outbound BGP route updates. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description in out Assigns a route map to this BGP neighbor. Specifies the filtering/modification of all inbound BGP route updates.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set send-community standard Use the send-community standard command to insert a standard BGP community attribute to all outgoing route updates for this neighbor. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set soft-reconfiguration inbound Use the soft-reconfiguration inbound command to enable this unit to store BGP updates for the specified neighbor. Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, this command is enabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide BGP Neighbor Configuration Command Set update-source Use the update-source command to specify which virtual interface’s IP address will be used as the source IP address for the BGP TCP connection (when connecting to this peer). Use the no form of this command to return to default settings. Syntax Description Specifies the interface ID (e.g., loopback 1) of the virtual interface to be used as the source IP address.
Command Reference Guide Community List Command Set COMMUNITY LIST COMMAND SET To activate the Community List Configuration mode, enter the ip community-list command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#ip community-list listname (config-comm-list)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Community List Command Set deny Use the deny command to deny a BGP route that matches the community number. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.3 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Community List Command Set permit Use the permit command to allow a BGP route that matches the community numbers. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.3 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set ROUTER (OSPF) CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Router (OSPF) Configuration mode, enter the router ospf command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#router ospf (config-ospf)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set area default-cost Use the area default-cost command to assign a cost of the default summary route sent into a stub area or not-so-stubby-area (NSSA). Use the no form of this command to delete the assigned cost. Syntax Description Specifies the identifier for this area. Specifies as an integer (range: 0 to 4,294,967,295) or an IP address . Specifies the default summary route cost.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set area range [advertise | not-advertise] Use the area range command to configure area route summarizations and to determine whether an address range is advertised to the networks. Syntax Description Specifies an identifier for this area. Specifies as an integer (range: 0 to 4,294,967,295) or an IP address . Specifies the IP address of the advertised summary route.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set area stub [no-summary] Use the area stub command to configure an area as a stub area. Use the no form of this command to disable stub-designation for areas defined as stubs using this command. Syntax Description Specifies an identifier for this stub area. Specifies as an integer (range: 0 to 4,294,967,295) or an IP address . no-summary Optional. Designates the area as a total stub area.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set auto-cost reference-bandwidth Use the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to assign a different interface cost to an interface. It may be necessary to assign a higher number to high-bandwidth links. This value is used in OSPF metric calculations. Syntax Description Sets the default reference bandwidth rate (range: 1 to 4,294,967 Mbps). Default Values By default, the rate is set to 100.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set default-information-originate [always | metric | metric-type ] Use the default-information-originate command to cause an ASBR to generate a default route. It must have its own default route before it generates one unless the always keyword is used. Syntax Description always Optional. Specifies to always advertise default route. metric Optional. Configures the metric value (range is 0 to 16,777,214).
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set default-metric Use the default-metric command to set a metric value for redistributed routes. Syntax Description Sets the default metric value (range: 0 to 4,294,967,295). Default Values By default, default-metric value is set at 20. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set maximum paths Use the maximum paths command to set the maximum number of multipath routes to advertise to the route table via OSPF. Syntax Description Specifies the number of routes OSPF can insert into the route table. Valid range: 1 to 6. Default Values By default, maximum paths is set to 4.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set network area Use the network area command to enable routing on an IP stack and to define area IDs for the interfaces on which OSPF will run. Use the no form of this command to disable OSPF routing for interfaces defined using this command. Syntax Description Specifies the network address . The wildcard mask is in an IP-address-type format and includes “don’t care” bits.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set redistribute connected [metric | metric-type | subnets] Use the redistribute connected command to advertise routes from one protocol to another. Using the connected keyword allows the advertisement of connected routes into the OSPF routing protocol. This will advertise all connected routes on OSPF-enabled interfaces. It does not enable OSPF on all interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set redistribute rip [metric | metric-type | subnets] Use the redistribute rip command to advertise routes from one protocol to another, regardless of the routing protocol implemented on the routing domain. Using the rip keyword allows the propagation of RIP routes into OSPF. Use the no form of this command to disable the propagation of the specified route type. Syntax Description metric Optional.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set redistribute static [metric | metric-type | subnets] Use the redistribute static command to advertise routes from one protocol to another. Using the static keyword allows the advertisement of static routes into the OSPF routing protocol. This will advertise all static routes on OSPF-enabled interfaces. It does not enable OSPF on all interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set summary-address
not-advertise Use the summary-address command to control address summarization of routes that are redistributed into OSPF from other sources (e.g., RIP-to-OSPF, static-to-OSPF, etc.). The not-advertise option causes suppression of routes that match the specified mask/prefix mask pair. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address or Prefix A.B.C.D.Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set timers lsa-group-pacing Use the timers lsa-group-pacing command to change the link state advertisement (LSA) refresh interval. Syntax Description Sets the LSA refresh interval in seconds (range: 10 to 1800). Default Values By default, this value is set at 240 seconds. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Router (OSPF) Configuration Command Set timers spf Use the timers spf command to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation and hold intervals. Syntax Description Specifies the time in seconds between OSPF’s receipt of topology changes and the beginning of SPF calculations. Specifies the time in seconds between consecutive SPF calculations. Range: 10 to 1800 seconds.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set ROUTER (RIP) CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Router (RIP) Configuration mode, enter the router rip command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#router rip (config-rip)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set auto-summary Use the auto-summary command to have RIP version 2 summarize subnets to the classful boundaries. Use the no form of this command to disable this summarization. Syntax Description No subcommands. Default Values By default, auto-summary is disabled. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 3.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set default-metric Use the default-metric command to set the default metric value for the RIP routing protocol. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings. Syntax Description Sets the default metric value (range: 1 to 4,294,967,295 Mbps). Default Values By default, this value is set at 0.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set network
Use the network command to enable RIP on the specified network. The AOS will only allow processing (sending and receiving) RIP messages on interfaces with IP addresses that are contained in the networks listed using this command. All RIP messages received on interfaces not listed using this command will be discarded.Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set passive-interface Use the passive-interface command to disable the transmission of routing updates on the specified interface. All routing updates received on that interface will still be processed (and advertised to other interfaces), but no updates will be transmitted to the network connected to the specified interface. Multiple passive-interface commands may be used to create a customized list of interfaces.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set redistribute connected [metric ] Use the redistribute connected command to pass routes from one network to another, regardless of the routing protocol implemented on the routing domain. Using the connected keyword allows the propagation of routes connected to other interfaces using the RIP routing protocol. Use the no form of this command to disable the propagation of the specified route type.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set redistribute ospf [metric ] Use the redistribute ospf command to advertise routes from one protocol to another, regardless of the routing protocol implemented on the routing domain. Using the ospf keyword allows the propagation of OSPF routes into RIP. Use the no form of this command to disable the propagation of the specified route type. Syntax Description metric Optional.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set redistribute static [metric ] Use the redistribute static command to pass routes from one network to another, regardless of the routing protocol implemented on the routing domain. Using the static keyword allows the propagation of static routes to other interfaces using the RIP routing protocol. Use the no form of this command to disable the propagation of the specified route type.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set timeout-timer Use the timeout-timer command to set the timeout timer value for a route when it is learned via RIP. Each time a RIP update for that route is received, the timeout timer is reset to this value. If no updates for that route are received in the specified number of seconds and the timeout timer expires, the route is considered invalid, and it will be removed from the route table.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set update-timer Use the update-timer command to set the value of the RIP update interval timer. The RIP update interval is the number of seconds which must elapse between RIP update packet transmissions. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings. Syntax Description Specifies the number of seconds allowed to elapse between RIP update packet transmissions. Valid range: 5 to 4294967295 seconds.
Command Reference Guide Router (RIP) Configuration Command Set version [1 | 2] Use the version command to specify (globally) the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) version used on all IP interfaces. This global configuration is overridden using the configuration commands ip rip send version and ip rip receive version. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. Syntax Description 1 Specifies RIP version 1 be used globally. 2 Specifies RIP version 2 be used globally.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set DHCP POOL COMMAND SET To activate the DHCP Pool mode, enter the ip dhcp-server pool command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#ip dhcp-server pool MyPool (config-dhcp)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set client-identifier Use the client-identifier command to specify a unique identifier (in dotted hexadecimal notation) for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured client identifier. Syntax Description Specifies a custom client identifier using a text string (that is converted to a hexadecimal equivalent) or 7 to 28 hexadecimal numbers (with colon delimiters).
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set The Q.922 ADDRESS field is populated using the following: 8 7 6 5 4 3 DLCI (high order) DLCI (lower) FECN BECN 2 1 C/R EA DE EA Where the FECN, BECN, C/R, DE, and high order EA bits are assumed to be 0, and the lower order extended address (EA) bit is set to 1. The following list provides a few example DLCIs and associated Q.922 addresses: DLCI (decimal) / Q.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set client-name Use the client-name command to specify the name of a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured client name. Syntax Description Identifies the DHCP client (example is client1) using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters in length). The specified client name should not contain the domain name. Default Values By default, there are no specified client names.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set default-router
Use the default-router command to specify the default primary and secondary routers to use for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured router. Syntax Description Specifies the address (in dotted decimal notation) of the preferred router on the client’s subnet (example: 192.22.4.254). Optional.Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set dns-server
Use the dns-server command to specify the default primary and secondary Domain Name System (DNS) servers to use for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured DNS server. Syntax Description Specifies the address (in dotted decimal notation) of the preferred DNS server on the network (example: 192.72.4.254). Optional.Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set domain-name Use the domain-name command to specify the domain name for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured domain name. Syntax Description Identifies the DHCP client (e.g., adtran.com) using an alphanumeric string (up to 32 characters in length). Default Values By default, there are no specified domain names.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set hardware-address Use the hardware-address command to specify the name of a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured client name. Syntax Description Specifies the hardware address (in hexadecimal notation with colon delimiters) of the preferred router on the client’s subnet (example d2:17:04:91:11:50). Optional.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set Default Values By default, the hardware address type is set to 10 Mbps Ethernet. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 2.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set host
[ or ] Use the host command to specify the IP address and subnet mask for a manual binding to a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured client address. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) for a manual binding to a DHCP client. Optional.Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set lease Use the lease command to specify the duration of the lease for an IP address assigned to a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default lease value. Syntax Description Specifies the duration of the IP address lease in days. Optional. Specifies the number of hours in a lease.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set netbios-name-server
Use the netbios-name-server command to specify the primary and secondary NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers available for use by the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured NetBIOS name server.Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set netbios-node-type Use the netbios-node-type command to specify the type of NetBIOS node used with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured NetBIOS node type. Syntax Description Specifies the NetBIOS node type used with DHCP clients.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set network
[ or ] Use the network command to specify the subnet number and mask for an AOS Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server address pool. Use the no form of this command to remove a configured subnet. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) of the DHCP address pool. Optional. Specifies the network mask (subnet) for the address pool.Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set ntp-server Use the ntp-server command to specify the name of the Network Time Protocol (NTP) server published to the client. Syntax Description Specifies the IP address of the NTP server. Default Values By default, no NTP server is defined. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set option
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set tftp-server Use the tftp-server command to specify the IP address or DNS name of the TFTP server published to the client. Syntax Description Specifies the DNS name or dotted notation IP address of the server. Default Values By default, no tftp server is defined. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 9.
Command Reference Guide DHCP Pool Command Set timezone-offset Use the timezone-offset command to specify the timezone adjustment (in hours) published to the client. Syntax Description Specifies the timezone adjustment (in hours) published to the client. Use an integer from -12 to 12. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) MAP COMMANDS A QoS policy is defined using a QoS map in the AOS CLI. The QoS map is a named list with sequenced entries. An entry contains a single match reference and one or more actions (priority, set, or both). To activate the QoS Command Set (which allows you to create and/or edit a map), enter a valid version of the QoS command at the Global Configuration mode prompt.
Command Reference Guide Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands bandwidth [percent | remaining | ] Use the bandwidth command to provide the bandwidth value of an interface to the higher-level protocols. This value is used in cost calculations. Use the no form of this command to restore the default values. Syntax Description percent remaining Specifies percent of total interface bandwidth.
Command Reference Guide Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands match Use the match command to specify which traffic should be processed by this QoS map.
Command Reference Guide Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands priority The priority command provides a high-priority queue, prioritizing this traffic above all others. If no traffic is present in any other queue, priority traffic is allowed to burst up to the interface rate; otherwise, priority traffic above the specified bandwidth is dropped. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature.
Command Reference Guide Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands set dscp <0-63> The set dscp command is an optional command for a QoS map that can be used to modify the DSCP field (on matching packets) to the specified value. Syntax Description <0-63> Specifies the decimal DSCP value. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 6.
Command Reference Guide Quality of Service (QoS) Map Commands set precedence <0-7> The set precedence command is an optional command for a QoS map that can be used to modify the IP precedence value (on matching packets) to the specified value. Syntax Description <0-7> Specifies the decimal IP precedence value. Default Values No default value is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Radius Group Command Set RADIUS GROUP COMMAND SET To activate the Radius Group mode, enter the aaa group server command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#aaa group server radius myServer (config-sg-radius)# The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Radius Group Command Set server [acct-port | auth-port ] Use the server command to add a predefined RADIUS server to the current named list of servers. See radius-server on page 492 for more information. Syntax Description acct-port auth-port Defines the accounting port value. Defines the authorization port value. Default Values No defaults necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set ROUTE MAP COMMAND SET To activate the Route Map Interface Configuration mode, enter the route-map command at the Global Configuration mode prompt. For example: >enable #configure terminal (config)#route-map MyMap permit 100 The following commands are common to multiple command sets and are covered in a centralized section of this guide.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set match as-path Use the match as-path command to configure the route map to route traffic based on the AS path list name. Use the no form of this command to discontinue matching. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the AS path list you want to match. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set match community [exact-match] Use the match community command to configure the route map to route traffic based on a specified community. Use the no form of this command to discontinue matching. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the community you want to match. exact-match Optional. Specifies that the route map must match the community name exactly. Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set match ip address Use the match ip address command to configure the route map to route traffic based on the access list name defined with the ip access-list command. Refer to ip access-list extended on page 392 for more information. Use the no form of this command to discontinue matching. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the access list to match.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set match ip address prefix-list Use the match ip address prefix-list command to configure the route map to route traffic based on a prefix list route filter. The name of the prefix list is defined with the ip prefix-list command. Refer to ip prefix-list description <“text”> on page 444 for more information. Use the no form of this command to discontinue matching.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set match metric Use the match metric command to configure the route map to route traffic based on a specified metric value. Use the no form of this command to discontinue matching. Syntax Description Specifies the metric value you want to match. (Valid range: 1 to 4,294,967,295.) Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set set as-path prepend [ | last-as ] Use the set as-path prepend command to prepend a number to the AS path to influence the best-path selection process by making the AS path appear further away. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description as-path prepend Specifies a number to be prepended to the AS path value as an autonomous number. (Valid range: 1 to 65,535.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set set comm-list delete Use the set comm-list delete command to specify a list of communities to delete. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. Syntax Description Specifies the name of the list of communities to delete. Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set set local-preference Use the set local-preference command to restrict traffic to a local autonomous system. Use the no form of this command to cancel the local preference. Syntax Description Sets the local preference value. (Valid range: 0 to 4,294,967,295.) Default Values No default value necessary for this command.
Command Reference Guide Route Map Command Set set metric Use the set metric command to specify a metric value for the route map. Use the no form of this command to cancel the metric value. Syntax Description Sets the metric value. (Valid range: 0 to 4,294,967,295.) Default Values No default value necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 Series and Total Access 900 Series units.
Command Reference Guide TACACS+ Group Configuration Command Set TACACS+ GROUP CONFIGURATION COMMAND SET To activate the Terminal Access Controller Access Control System Plus (TACACS+) Group Configuration mode, enter the aaa group server tacacs+ command at the Global Configuration mode prompt.
Command Reference Guide TACACS+ Group Configuration Command Set server Use the server command to specify a particular TACACS+ server’s IP address or host name. Syntax Description Specifies a TACACS+ server IP address. Default Values No default is necessary for this command. Applicable Platforms This command applies to the NetVanta 300, 1000, 1000R, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000 and Total Access 900 Series units. Command History Release 11.1 Command was introduced.
Command Reference Guide Index Index A aaa accounting commands 327 aaa accounting suppress null-username 328 aaa accounting update 329 aaa authentication 330 aaa authentication enable default 332 aaa authentication login 333 aaa authentication port-auth default 335 aaa authorization 337 aaa authorization commands 336 aaa group server 338, 1351 aaa on 340 aaa processes 342 abort 1168 access-class in 546, 554 access-list 1283 access-policy 718, 784, 866, 928, 984, 1039, 1110, 1177 accounting commands 533, 54
Command Reference Guide Index clear port-security 69 clear port-security violation-count 70 clear pppoe 71 clear processes cpu max 72 clear qos map 73 clear route-map counters 75 clear spanning-tree counters 76 clear spanning-tree detected-protocols 77 clear tacacs+ statistics 78 clear user 79 CLI copy flash 89 copy interface 90 copy tftp 91 copy xmodem 92 crl 1229 crl optional 1216 cross-connect 28, 355 crypto ca authenticate 358 crypto ca certificate chain 360, 1226 crypto ca enroll 361 crypto ca impor
Command Reference Guide Index debug interface 114 debug interface adsl events 115 debug ip bgp 116 debug ip dhcp-client 117 debug ip dhcp-server 118 debug ip dns-client 119 debug ip dns-proxy 120 debug ip http 121 debug ip icmp 122 debug ip igmp 123 debug ip mrouting 124 debug ip ospf 125 debug ip rip 127 debug ip tcp events 128 debug ip tcp md5 130 debug ip udp 131 debug lldp 133 debug port security 135 debug port-auth 134 debug ppp 136 debug pppoe client 137 debug radius 138 debug sntp 139 debug spannin
Command Reference Guide Index frame-relay lmi-n391dce 848 frame-relay lmi-n391dte 849 frame-relay lmi-n392dce 850 frame-relay lmi-n392dte 851 frame-relay lmi-n393dce 852 frame-relay lmi-n393dte 853 frame-relay lmi-t391dte 854 frame-relay lmi-t392dce 855 frame-relay lmi-type 856 frame-relay multilink 857 framing 588, 599, 666, 701 ftp authentication 386 full-duplex 623 G G.
Command Reference Guide Index ip igmp 755, 810, 903, 960, 996, 1074, 1138, 1195 ip igmp join 432 ip load-sharing 433 ip mcast-stub downstream 757, 812, 905, 962, 998, 1076, 1140, 1197 ip mcast-stub helper-address 434 ip mcast-stub helper-enable 758, 813, 906, 963, 999, 1077, 1141, 1198 ip mcast-stub upstream 759, 814, 907, 964, 1000, 1078, 1142, 1199 ip mtu 1200 ip multicast routing 435 ip name-server 436 ip ospf 760, 815, 908, 965, 1001, 1079, 1143, 1201 ip ospf authentication 762, 816, 909, 967, 1003
Command Reference Guide Index Modem Interface Configuration command set 671 monitor session 480 mtu 770, 829, 919, 979, 1010, 1092, 1155 N name 1165 nat-traversal 1269 netbios-name-server 1253, 1338 netbios-node-type 1339 network 1319, 1340 network area 1309 next-hop-self 1290 no enable password 380 ntp-server 1341 qos 635, 1018 QoS command set 1345 qos cos-map 486 qos dscp-cos 487 qos map 488, 1345 qos queue-type strict-priority 490 qos queue-type wrr 491 qos-policy 1345 qos-policy out 774, 861, 1105
Command Reference Guide shortcuts 10 show 1171 show access-lists 158 show arp 159 show atm 160 show auto-config 161 show bridge 162 show buffers 163 show buffers users 164 show channel-group 166 show clock 21, 167 show configuration 168 show connections 170 show crypto ca 171 show crypto ike 172 show crypto ipsec 174 show crypto map 175 show debugging 176 show demand 177 show dial-backup interfaces 180 show dialin interfaces 182 show dynamic-dns 183 show event-history 184, 382 show flash 185 show frame-rel
Command Reference Guide Index show startup-config checksum 305 show system 306 show tacacs+ statistics 307 show tcp info 308 show test-pattern 606, 708 show thresholds 310 show users 311 show version 23, 313 show vlan 314 shutdown 35 signaling-mode 593 snmp trap 584, 636, 683, 715, 863, 1011, 1019, 1212 snmp trap line-status 607, 709 snmp trap link-status 585, 594, 608, 637, 668, 684, 710, 716, 841, 864, 982, 1012, 1020, 1107, 1213 snmp trap threshold-reached 609, 711 snmp-server chassis-id 501 snmp-serv
Command Reference Guide update-timer 1325 username password 530, 842, 1108 V version 1326 vlan 531 command set 1163 media 1173 name 1174 state 1175 vlan id 1172 61200510L1-35E Index VLAN Configuration command set 1163 vlan database 321 VLAN Database Configuration command set 1167 VLAN Interface Configuration command set 1176 VT100 configuration 8 W warranty 3 write 323 Copyright © 2005 ADTRAN 1373
